Chapter on the Manner of Prayer, Explanation of the Fifty-One Rak‘ahs; The Order, Recitation, Tasbih in Bowing and Prostration, Qunut, and What is Obligatory and Recommended Therein
Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām|Volume 2|Book 1|Chapter 8
Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām
Volume 2, Book 1, Chapter 8
Chapter on the Manner of Prayer, Explanation of the Fifty-One Rak‘ahs; The Order, Recitation, Tasbih in Bowing and Prostration, Qunut, and What is Obligatory and Recommended Therein
310 hadiths · 63 commentaries
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ عَنْ سَمَاعَةَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« إِذَا دَخَلْتَ اَلْمَسْجِدَ فَاحْمَدِ اَللَّهَ وَ أَثْنِ عَلَيْهِ وَ صَلِّ عَلَى اَلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ فَإِذَا اِفْتَتَحْتَ اَلصَّلاَةَ فَكَبَّرْتَ فَلاَ تُجَاوِزْ أُذُنَيْكَ وَ لاَ تَرْفَعْ يَدَيْكَ بِالدُّعَاءِ فِي اَلْمَكْتُوبَةِ تُجَاوِزُ بِهِمَا رَأْسَكَ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadhala from Husayn from Sama‘ah from Abu Basir who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you enter the mosque, praise Allah سبحانه وتعالى and extol Him سبحانه وتعالى, and send blessings upon the Prophet صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family. Then when you begin the prayer and pronounce the Takbir, do not raise your hands beyond your ears, and do not raise your hands in supplication during the obligatory prayer so that they go above your head.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 69
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 176
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ حِينَ اِفْتَتَحَ اَلصَّلاَةَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ أَسْفَلَ مِنْ وَجْهِهِ قَلِيلاً
And from him, from Hammad ibn Isa from Fadhala from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar who said:
I saw Abu Abdillah عليه السلام when He عليه السلام began the prayer, He عليه السلام would raise his hands slightly below his face.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 70
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 177
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ مِهْرَانَ اَلْجَمَّالِ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِذَا كَبَّرَ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى تَكَادَ تَبْلُغُ أُذُنَيْهِ
And from him, from Ibn Abi Najran from Safwan ibn Mihran al-Jammal who said:
I saw Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, when Imam عليه السلام said the Takbir in prayer, He عليه السلام would raise his hands until they nearly reached his ears.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 70
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 177
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنِ اِبْنِ سِنَانٍ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يُصَلِّي يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حِيَالَ وَجْهِهِ حِينَ اِسْتَفْتَحَ.
And from him, from Fadhala from Ibn Sinan who said:
I saw Abu Abdillah عليه السلام praying, He عليه السلام would raise his hands in front of his face when He عليه السلام began the prayer.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 70
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 177
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنِ اِبْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: فِي قَوْلِ اَللَّهِ تَعَالَى« فَصَلِّ لِرَبِّكَ وَ اِنْحَرْ» قَالَ «هُوَ رَفْعُ يَدَيْكَ حِذَاءَ وَجْهِكَ»
And from him, from al-Nadr from Ibn Sinan:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام (was asked) regarding the saying of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted: ‘So pray to your Lord and sacrifice”’ (Surah Kawthar 108:2). Imam عليه السلام said: “It is the raising of your hands in front of your face.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 70
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ أَدْنَى مَا يُجْزِي فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ مِنَ اَلتَّكْبِيرِ قَالَ« تَكْبِيرَةٌ وَاحِدَةٌ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Ya‘qub ibn Yazid from Muhammad ibn Sinan from Ibn Muskan from Abu Basir who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the minimum that suffices in prayer from the Takbir. Imam عليه السلام said: “One Takbir.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 70
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «إِذَا اِفْتَتَحْتَ اَلصَّلاَةَ فَكَبِّرْ إِنْ شِئْتَ وَاحِدَةً وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ ثَلاَثاً وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ خَمْساً وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ سَبْعاً فَكُلُّ ذَلِكَ مُجْزٍ عَنْكَ غَيْرَ أَنَّكَ إِذَا كُنْتَ إِمَاماً لَمْ تَجْهَرْ إِلاَّ بِتَكْبِيرَةٍ»
And from him, from Ahmad from al-Husayn from al-Qasim ibn Muhammad from Ali from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you begin the prayer, you may say the Takbir once if you wish, or three times if you wish, or five times if you wish, or seven times if you wish, all of that suffices for you. However, if you are an imam, you should not recite aloud except with one Takbir.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 70
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْحَمِيدِ عَنْ سَيْفِ بْنِ عَمِيرَةَ عَنْ مَنْصُورِ بْنِ حَازِمٍ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اِفْتَتَحَ اَلصَّلاَةَ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حِيَالَ وَجْهِهِ وَ اِسْتَقْبَلَ اَلْقِبْلَةَ بِبَطْنِ كَفَّيْهِ
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Abd al-Hamid from Sayf ibn Umayrah from Mansur ibn Hazim who said:
I saw Abu Abdillah عليه السلام begin the prayer, He عليه السلام raised his hands in front of his face and directed the palms of his hands toward the Qiblah.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 71
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 177
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنْ زَيْدٍ اَلشَّحَّامِ وَ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ عَنْ زَيْدٍ اَلشَّحَّامِ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلاِفْتِتَاحُ فَقَالَ« تَكْبِيرَةٌ تُجْزِيكَ» قُلْتُ فَالسَّبْعُ قَالَ« ذَلِكَ اَلْفَضْلُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadhala from al-Husayn from Zayd al-Shahham, and Ibn Abi Umayr from Abu Ayyub from Zayd al-Shahham, who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Is the opening (of the prayer) with one Takbir?” Imam عليه السلام said: “One Takbir suffices for you.” I asked: “And the seven (Takbirs)?” Imam عليه السلام said: “That is extra merit.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 71
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 177
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلتَّكْبِيرَةُ اَلْوَاحِدَةُ فِي اِفْتِتَاحِ اَلصَّلاَةِ تُجْزِي وَ اَلثَّلاَثُ أَفْضَلُ وَ اَلسَّبْعُ أَفْضَلُ كُلِّهِ»
And from him, from Ibn Abi Umayr from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah from Muhammad ibn Muslim:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “The single Takbir at the opening of the prayer suffices, and three is better, and seven is the best of all.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 71
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 177
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ وَ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ حَفْصٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِنَّ رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ كَانَ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ وَ إِلَى جَانِبِهِ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَكَبَّرَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ فَلَمْ يُحِرِ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ فَلَمْ يُحِرِ اَلْحُسَيْنُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلتَّكْبِيرَ وَ لَمْ يَزَلْ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ يُكَبِّرُ وَ يُعَالِجُ اَلْحُسَيْنُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلتَّكْبِيرَ فَلَمْ يُحِرْ حَتَّى أَكْمَلَ سَبْعَ تَكْبِيرَاتٍ فَأَحَارَ اَلْحُسَيْنُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلتَّكْبِيرَ فِي اَلسَّابِعَةِ» فَقَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ« فَصَارَتْ سُنَّةً»
And from him, from al-Nadr and Fadhala from Abdullah ibn Sinan from Hafs:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Indeed, the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, was in prayer, and beside Him صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم was al-Husayn ibn Ali عليه السلام, peace be upon him. The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, said the Takbir, but al-Husayn عليه السلام did not follow with the Takbir. Then the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, said the Takbir again, but al-Husayn عليه السلام, peace be upon him, still did not say the Takbir. The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, continued to say the Takbir and was helping al-Husayn عليه السلام, peace be upon him, to say the Takbir, but He عليه السلام did not do so, until the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, completed seven Takbirs, and then al-Husayn عليه السلام, peace be upon him, followed with the Takbir on the seventh.” Then Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “(Thus) So it became a Sunnah.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 71
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا اِفْتَتَحْتَ اَلصَّلاَةَ فَارْفَعْ كَفَّيْكَ ثُمَّ اُبْسُطْهُمَا بَسْطاً ثُمَّ كَبِّرْ ثَلاَثَ تَكْبِيرَاتٍ ثُمَّ قُلِ اَللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ اَلْمَلِكُ اَلْحَقُّ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ أَنْتَ سُبْحَانَكَ إِنِّي ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِي فَاغْفِرْ لِي ذَنْبِي إِنَّهُ لاَ يَغْفِرُ اَلذُّنُوبَ إِلاَّ أَنْتَ ثُمَّ كَبِّرْ تَكْبِيرَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ قُلْ لَبَّيْكَ وَ سَعْدَيْكَ وَ اَلْخَيْرُ فِي يَدَيْكَ وَ اَلشَّرُّ لَيْسَ إِلَيْكَ وَ اَلْمَهْدِيُّ مَنْ هَدَيْتَ لاَ مَلْجَأَ مِنْكَ إِلاَّ إِلَيْكَ سُبْحَانَكَ وَ حَنَانَيْكَ تَبَارَكْتَ وَ تَعَالَيْتَ سُبْحَانَكَ رَبَّ اَلْبَيْتِ ثُمَّ كَبِّرْ تَكْبِيرَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ تَقُولُ« وَجَّهْتُ وَجْهِيَ لِلَّذِي فَطَرَ اَلسَّمٰاوٰاتِ وَ اَلْأَرْضَ» عَالِمِ اَلْغَيْبِ وَ اَلشَّهَادَةِ حَنِيفاً مُسْلِماً« وَ مٰا أَنَا مِنَ اَلْمُشْرِكِينَ» ثُمَّ تَعَوَّذْ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ اَلشَّيْطَانِ اَلرَّجِيمِ ثُمَّ اِقْرَأْ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْكِتَابِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from his father from Ibn Abi Umayr from Hammad ibn Uthman from al-Halabi:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you begin the prayer, raise your hands, then spread them open fully, then say Takbir three times, then say: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, You are the True King. There is no god but You عز وجل. Glory be to You عز وجل. Indeed, I have wronged myself, so forgive me my sin. Surely, no one forgives sins except You عز وجل.’ Then say Takbir two times, then say: ‘Here I am, at Your عز وجل service, and all goodness is in Your عز وجل hands, and evil is not attributed to You عز وجل. The rightly guided is he whom You عز وجل guide. There is no refuge from You عز وجل except in You عز وجل. Glory be to You عز وجل and to Your عز وجل mercy. You عز وجل are Blessed and Exalted. Glory be to You عز وجل, Lord عز وجل of the House.’ Then say Takbir two times, then say: ‘I have turned my face to the One عز وجل who created the heavens and the earth,’ the Knower of the unseen and the witnessed, in pure devotion, submitting (to Him عز وجل), ‘and I am not of the polytheists.’ Then seek refuge with Allah سبحانه وتعالى from the accursed Shaytan, then recite the Opening Chapter of the Book (Surah al-Fatiha).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 71
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 178
سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حَدِيدٍ وَ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ وَ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يُجْزِيكَ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ مِنَ اَلْكَلاَمِ فِي اَلتَّوَجُّهِ إِلَى اَللَّهِ أَنْ تَقُولَ« وَجَّهْتُ وَجْهِيَ لِلَّذِي فَطَرَ اَلسَّمٰاوٰاتِ وَ اَلْأَرْضَ» عَلَى مِلَّةِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ حَنِيفاً مُسْلِماً «وَ مٰا أَنَا مِنَ اَلْمُشْرِكِينَ»« إِنَّ صَلاٰتِي وَ نُسُكِي وَ مَحْيٰايَ وَ مَمٰاتِي لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ` لاٰ شَرِيكَ لَهُ وَ بِذٰلِكَ أُمِرْتُ» وَ أَنَا مِنَ اَلْمُسْلِمِينَ وَ يُجْزِيكَ تَكْبِيرَةٌ وَاحِدَةٌ»
Sa‘d ibn Abdullah from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Ali ibn Hadid, and Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Najran, and al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Hammad ibn Isa from Hariz ibn Abdillah from Zurarah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “It suffices you in prayer, in the words of directing yourself toward Allah سبحانه وتعالى (‘tawajjuh’), to say: ‘I turn my face toward the One عز وجل who created the heavens and the earth, upon the creed of Abraham, upright and submitting, and I am not among the polytheists. Indeed my prayer, my sacrifice, my life, and my death are for Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Lord عز وجل of the worlds. No partner has He عز وجل, and with this I have been commanded, and I am among the Muslims.’ And one ‘takbirah’ (saying of ‘Allahu Akbar’) is sufficient for you.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 72
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَيَّاماً كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي فَاتِحَةِ اَلْكِتَابِ «بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ فَإِذَا كَانَ صَلاَةٌ لاَ يُجْهَرُ فِيهَا بِالْقِرَاءَةِ جَهَرَ بِ«بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ وَ أَخْفَى مَا سِوَى ذَلِكَ
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Najran from Safwan who said:
I prayed behind Abu Abdillah عليه السلام for several days. He عليه السلام used to recite in Surah al-Fatiha: ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’, and when it was a prayer in which the recitation is not to be recited aloud, He عليه السلام would recite ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’ aloud and would conceal the rest (of the surahs).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 72
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 178
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ وَ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَكُونُ إِمَاماً فَيَسْتَفْتِحُ بِالْحَمْدِ وَ لاَ يَقْرَأُ« بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ فَقَالَ« لاَ يَضُرُّهُ وَ لاَ بَأْسَ بِهِ»
As for what was narrated by Sa‘d ibn Abdullah from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Najran and al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Hammad ibn Isa from Hariz ibn Abdullah from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said: I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about a man who is an imam and begins with (Surah) al-Hamd but does not recite ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’. Imam عليه السلام said: “It does not harm him, and there is no problem with it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 72
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فمحمول على حال التقية لان عند التقية يجوز الاخفات بها ويحتمل أن يكون أراد عليه السلام من لا يقرأ بسم الله الرحمن الرحيم ناسيا لان من نسي ذلك لا يضر ولا يجب عليه اعادة الصلاة ونحن نبينه فيما بعد والذي يدل على أن في حال التقية يجوز أن لا يجهر بها ما رواه
So it is to be interpreted as referring to a situation of ‘taqiyyah’ (dissimulation), because in a state of ‘taqiyyah’ it is permissible to recite it silently. It is also possible that the Imam عليه السلام, peace be upon him, intended someone who did not recite ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’ out of forgetfulness, for the one who forgets that does not incur harm and is not required to repeat the prayer, and we will clarify this later. What indicates that during ‘taqiyyah’ it is permissible not to recite it aloud is what has been narrated:
سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَبِي جَرِيرٍ زَكَرِيَّا بْنِ إِدْرِيسَ اَلْقُمِّيِّ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا اَلْحَسَنِ اَلْأَوَّلَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يُصَلِّي بِقَوْمٍ يَكْرَهُونَ أَنْ يَجْهَرَ بِ«بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ فَقَالَ« لاَ يَجْهَرْ»
Sa‘d ibn Abdullah from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf from Safwan ibn Yahya from Abu Jarir Zakariyya ibn Idris al-Qummi who said:
I asked Abu al-Hasan al-Awwal عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about a man who leads a people in prayer who dislike that he recite ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’ aloud. Imam عليه السلام said: “Then he should not recite it aloud.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 73
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 178
وَ أَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ وَ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلنُّعْمَانِ وَمُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ وَ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: أَنَّهُمَا سَأَلاَهُ عَمَّنْ يَقْرَأُ« بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ حِينَ يُرِيدُ يَقْرَأُ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْكِتَابِ قَالَ« نَعَمْ إِنْ شَاءَ سِرّاً وَ إِنْ شَاءَ جَهْراً» فَقَالاَ أَ فَيَقْرَؤُهَا مَعَ اَلسُّورَةِ اَلْأُخْرَى فَقَالَ« لاَ»
Narrated by Sa‘d ibn Abdullah from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Muhammad ibn Abi Umayr from Hammad ibn Uthman from ‘Ubaydullah ibn Ali al-Halabi, and al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Ali ibn al-Nu‘man and Muhammad ibn Sinan and Abdullah ibn Muskan from Muhammad ibn Ali al-Halabi from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام:
Both of them (Muhammad ibn Ali al-Halabi) asked Him عليه السلام about one who recites ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’ when he wishes to recite Surah al-Fatiha. Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes, if he wishes, silently, and if he wishes, aloud.” So they asked: “Does he recite it with another Surah as well?” Imam عليه السلام said: “No.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 73
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فمحمول على من كان في صلاة النافلة وقد قرأ من السورة الاخرى بعضها ويريد أن يقرأ باقيها فحينئذ لا يقرأ بسم الله الرحمن الرحيم والذي يبين ذلك ما رواه
So this is to be interpreted as referring to someone who is in a ‘nafila’ (supererogatory) prayer and has already recited part of another Surah and intends to continue the rest of it, in that case, he does not recite ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’. What clarifies this is what has been narrated:
سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ بْنِ أَيُّوبَ عَنْ أَبَانِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَفْتَتِحُ اَلْقِرَاءَةَ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ أَ يَقْرَأُ« بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ قَالَ« نَعَمْ إِذَا اِفْتَتَحَ اَلصَّلاَةَ فَلْيَقُلْهَا فِي أَوَّلِ مَا يَفْتَتِحُ ثُمَّ يَكْفِيهِ مَا بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ»
Sa‘d ibn Abdullah from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadhala ibn Ayyub from Aban ibn Uthman from Muhammad ibn Muslim from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, he said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about a man who begins the recitation in prayer, should he recite ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’? Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes, when he begins the prayer, let him say it at the beginning of what he opens with, and thereafter it suffices him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 73
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ يُونُسَ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِذَا أَقَمْتُ لِلصَّلاَةِ أَقْرَأُ« بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ فِي فَاتِحَةِ اَلْقُرْآنِ قَالَ« نَعَمْ» قُلْتُ فَإِذَا قَرَأْتُ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْقُرْآنِ أَقْرَأُ« بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ مَعَ اَلسُّورَةِ قَالَ« نَعَمْ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from Muhammad ibn Isa from Yunus from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “When I stand for prayer, should I recite ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’ in Surah al-Fatiha?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.” I asked: “Then when I have recited Surah al-Fatiha, should I recite ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’ with the next Surah?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 74
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَهْزِيَارَ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ عِمْرَانَ اَلْهَمْدَانِيِّ قَالَ: كَتَبْتُ إِلَى أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ جُعِلْتُ فِدَاكَ مَا تَقُولُ فِي رَجُلٍ اِبْتَدَأَ بِ«بِسْمِ اَللّٰهِ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ اَلرَّحِيمِ» فِي صَلاَتِهِ وَحْدَهُ فِي أُمِّ اَلْكِتَابِ فَلَمَّا صَارَ إِلَى غَيْرِ أُمِّ اَلْكِتَابِ مِنَ اَلسُّورَةِ تَرَكَهَا فَقَالَ اَلْعَبَّاسِيُّ لَيْسَ بِذَلِكَ بَأْسٌ فَكَتَبَ بِخَطِّهِ «يُعِيدُهَا مَرَّتَيْنِ عَلَى رَغْمِ أَنْفِهِ» يَعْنِي اَلْعَبَّاسِيَّ
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Yahya from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Ali ibn Mahziyar from Yahya ibn ‘Imran al-Hamdani who said:
I wrote to Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him; “May I be your ransom, what do you say about a man who begins with ‘Bismillah Hir Rahman Nir Rahim’ in his prayer, alone, in Surah al-Fatiha, but when he reaches a different Surah after al-Fatiha, he omits it? The ‘Abbasid (official) said: ‘There is no harm in that.’” So He عليه السلام, peace be upon him, wrote in His عليه السلام own handwriting: “He must repeat it twice, despite his nose.” This was meaning the ‘Abbasid (so the nose of that ‘Abbasid, who claimed there was no harm, be rubbed in the dust).
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 74
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ إِدْرِيسَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْحَمِيدِ عَنْ سَيْفِ بْنِ عَمِيرَةَ عَنْ مَنْصُورِ بْنِ حَازِمٍ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« لاَ تَقْرَأْ فِي اَلْمَكْتُوبَةِ بِأَقَلَّ مِنْ سُورَةٍ وَ لاَ بِأَكْثَرَ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ahmad ibn Idris from Muhammad ibn Yahya from Muhammad ibn Abd al-Hamid from Sayf ibn Umayrah from Mansur ibn Hazim who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Do not recite in the obligatory prayer less than one Surah, nor more.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 74
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنِ اَلْعَلاَءِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَقْرَأُ اَلسُّورَتَيْنِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ فَقَالَ« لاَ لِكُلِّ سُورَةٍ رَكْعَةٌ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Safwan from al-‘Ala’ from Muhammad ibn Muslim from one of the two (Imams عليه السلام), peace be upon them:
I asked Him عليه السلام about a man who recites two Surahs in one rak‘ah. Imam عليه السلام said: “No, for each Surah there is a rak‘ah.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 74
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 178
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ اَلصَّيْقَلِ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَ يُجْزِي عَنِّي أَنْ أَقُولَ فِي اَلْفَرِيضَةِ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْكِتَابِ وَحْدَهَا إِذَا كُنْتُ مُسْتَعْجِلاً أَوْ أَعْجَلَنِي شَيْءٌ فَقَالَ« لاَ بَأْسَ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Muhammad ibn Sinan from Ibn Muskan from al-Hasan al-Sayqal who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Is it sufficient for me to recite only Surah al-Fatiha in an obligatory prayer if I am in a hurry or something hastens me?” Imam عليه السلام said: “There is no harm.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 75
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يَجُوزُ لِلْمَرِيضِ أَنْ يَقْرَأَ فِي اَلْفَرِيضَةِ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْكِتَابِ وَحْدَهَا وَ يَجُوزُ لِلصَّحِيحِ فِي قَضَاءِ صَلاَةِ اَلتَّطَوُّعِ بِاللَّيْلِ وَ اَلنَّهَارِ»
And from him, from Ali ibn Ibrahim from Muhammad ibn Isa from Yunus ibn Abd al-Rahman from Abdullah ibn Sinan:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It is permissible for a sick person to recite only Surah al-Fatiha in the obligatory prayer, and it is also permissible for a healthy person when making up voluntary prayers, whether at night or during the day.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 75
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وهذان الخبران يدلان على ان مع الاختيار لا يجوز الاقتصار على سورة واحدة
And these two reports indicate that in a state of choice, it is not permissible to suffice with only one Surah.
وَرَوَى اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلْقَرَوِيِّ عَنْ أَبَانٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَقْرَأُ سُورَتَيْنِ فِي رَكْعَةٍ قَالَ« نَعَمْ» قُلْتُ أَ لَيْسَ يُقَالُ أَعْطِ كُلَّ سُورَةٍ حَقَّهَا مِنَ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ فَقَالَ« ذَاكَ فِي اَلْفَرِيضَةِ فَأَمَّا فِي اَلنَّافِلَةِ فَلَيْسَ بِهِ بَأْسٌ»
And al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id narrated from al-Qarawi from Aban from ‘Umar ibn Yazid who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “May I recite two Surahs in one rak‘ah?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.” I asked: “Is it not said that each Surah should be given its due in bowing and prostration?” Imam عليه السلام said: “That applies in the obligatory prayer, but as for the supererogatory prayer, there is no harm in it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 75
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ زُرَارَةُ قَالَ أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« إِنَّمَا يُكْرَهُ أَنْ يُجْمَعَ بَيْنَ اَلسُّورَتَيْنِ فِي اَلْفَرِيضَةِ فَأَمَّا اَلنَّافِلَةُ فَلاَ بَأْسَ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Muhammad ibn al-Husayn from Safwan from Abdullah ibn Bukayr from Zurarah who said: Zurarah said:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “It is only disliked to combine two Surahs in the obligatory prayer, but as for the supererogatory prayer, there is no harm in it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 75
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 178
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ رِئَابٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ:« إِنَّ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْكِتَابِ تَجُوزُ وَحْدَهَا فِي اَلْفَرِيضَةِ»
As for what was narrated by Sa‘d ibn Abdullah from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from al-Hasan ibn Mahbub from Ali ibn Ri’ab from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, he said:
I heard Him عليه السلام say: “Indeed, Surah al-Fatiha alone is valid in the obligatory prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 75
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى اَلْحَسَنُ بْنُ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ رِئَابٍ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِنَّ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْكِتَابِ وَحْدَهَا تُجْزِي فِي اَلْفَرِيضَةِ»
Al-Hasan ibn Mahbub narrated from Ali ibn Ri’ab from al-Halabi:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Indeed, Surah al-Fatiha alone suffices in the obligatory prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 76
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 179
فمحمول على حال الضرورة بدلالة ما ذكرناه أولا من انه لا يجوز الاقتصار على سورة الحمد مع الاختيار ويزيده بيانا ما رواه
So this is to be interpreted as referring to a situation of necessity, based on what we mentioned earlier, that it is not permissible to suffice with Surah al-Hamd alone when one has the choice. What further clarifies this is what has been narrated:
سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ بَأْسَ أَنْ يَقْرَأَ اَلرَّجُلُ فِي اَلْفَرِيضَةِ بِفَاتِحَةِ اَلْكِتَابِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَوَّلَتَيْنِ إِذَا مَا أَعْجَلَتْ بِهِ حَاجَةٌ أَوْ تَخَوَّفَ شَيْئاً»
Sa‘d ibn Abdullah from Ahmad ibn Abi Umayr from Hammad ibn Uthman from ‘Ubaydullah ibn Ali al-Halabi:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “There is no harm if a man recites only Surah al-Fatiha in the first two rak‘ahs of an obligatory prayer if a need hastens him or he fears something.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 76
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ أَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ سَعْدٌ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ اَلسَّرِيِّ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَ يَقْرَأُ اَلرَّجُلُ اَلسُّورَةَ اَلْوَاحِدَةَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ مِنَ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ فَقَالَ« لاَ بَأْسَ إِذَا كَانَتْ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ ثَلاَثِ آيَاتٍ»
As for what was narrated by Sa‘d from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf from Safwan ibn Yahya from Abdullah ibn Muskan from al-Hasan ibn al-Sarri from ‘Umar ibn Yazid who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “May a man recite the same Surah in both rak‘ahs of the obligatory prayer?” Imam عليه السلام said: “There is no harm if it is more than three verses.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 76
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فمحمول على أنه يجوز له أن يكررها في الركعة الثانية دون أن يفرقها في الركعتين وهذا إذا لم يحسن غيرها فأما مع التمكن من غيرها فانه يكره ذلك يبين ما ذكرناه
So this is to be interpreted as permitting him to repeat the same Surah in the second rak‘ah, without splitting it between the two rak‘ahs, and this applies if he does not know any other Surah. But if he is capable of reciting another one, then it is disliked (‘makruh’) to do so. What clarifies what we have mentioned is:
مَا رَوَاهُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ عَنْ أَخِيهِ مُوسَى بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَقْرَأُ سُورَةً وَاحِدَةً فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ مِنَ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ وَ هُوَ يُحْسِنُ غَيْرَهَا فَإِنْ فَعَلَ فَمَا عَلَيْهِ قَالَ« إِذَا أَحْسَنَ غَيْرَهَا فَلاَ يَفْعَلْ وَ إِنْ لَمْ يُحْسِنْ غَيْرَهَا فَلاَ بَأْسَ»
What was narrated by Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Musa ibn al-Qasim from Ali ibn Ja‘far from his brother (Imam) Musa ibn Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon them, said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about a man who recites the same Surah in both rak‘ahs of the obligatory prayer while he is able to recite others, if he does so, is there anything upon him? Imam عليه السلام said: “If he can recite other than it, then he should not do it. But if he cannot recite other than it, then there is no harm.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 76
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ زَيْدٍ اَلشَّحَّامِ قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَقَرَأَ بِنَا بِالضُّحَى وَ أَ لَمْ نَشْرَحْ
As for what was narrated by Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from al-Husayn from Fadhala from Husayn from Ibn Muskan from Zayd al-Shahham, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام led us in prayer and recited for us ‘Surah al- Duha’ and ‘Surah al-Sharh’.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 77
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فليس في هذا الخبر انه قرأهما في ركعة أو ركعتين وعندنا انه لا يجوز قراءة هاتين السورتين إلا في ركعة وإذا لم يجز ذلك حملناه على انه قرأهما في ركعة
This report does not state whether he recited them in one rak‘ah or in two. According to our view, it is not permissible to recite these two Surahs (‘al- Duha’ and ‘al-Sharh’) except in a single rak‘ah. And since it is not permissible to separate them, we interpret the narration to mean that He عليه السلام recited them together in one rak‘ah.
وَ رَوَى هَذَا اَلْحَدِيثَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ زَيْدٍ اَلشَّحَّامِ قَالَ: صَلَّى أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَقَرَأَ فِي اَلْأُولَى« وَ اَلضُّحىٰ» وَ فِي اَلثَّانِيَةِ« أَ لَمْ نَشْرَحْ لَكَ صَدْرَكَ»
This hadith was also narrated by Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Ibn Abi Umayr from one of our companions from Zayd al-Shahham, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام prayed and recited in the first rak‘ah ‘By the morning brightness” (Surah al-Duha)’ and in the second ‘Did We not expand for you your chest?” (Surah al-Sharh)’.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 77
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فهذه الرواية تضمنت انه قرأهما في الركعتين إلا انه ليس في الخبر أنه قرأهما في النافلة أو الفريضة وإذا احتمل ذلك حملناه على النافلة والذي يكشف عما تأولنا عليه الرواية الاولى رواية
This narration indicates that he recited them in two rak‘ahs; however, the report does not specify whether he recited them in a ‘nafila’ (supererogatory) prayer or an ‘obligatory’ one. And since that possibility exists, we interpret it as referring to a ‘nafila’. What clarifies and supports the interpretation we gave for the first narration is the following narration:
اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنِ اَلْعَلاَءِ عَنْ زَيْدٍ اَلشَّحَّامِ قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلْفَجْرَ فَقَرَأَ« وَ اَلضُّحىٰ» وَ« أَ لَمْ نَشْرَحْ» فِي رَكْعَةٍ
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadhala from al-‘Ala’ from Zayd al-Shahham who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام led us in the Fajr prayer, and He عليه السلام recited ‘By the morning brightness” (Surah al-Duha)’ and ‘Did We not expand for you your chest?” (Surah al-Sharh)’ in one rak‘ah.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 77
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 179
وأما النوافل فلا بأس أن يجمع الانسان فيها بين سورتين وأكثر من ذلك وأن يفرق السورة الواحدة أيضا وقد قدمنا طرفا مما يدل عليه ويزيده بيانا ما رواه
As for the ‘nawafil’ (supererogatory prayers), there is no harm if a person combines two Surahs or more within them, or even splits a single Surah. We have already mentioned some evidence indicating this, and what further clarifies it is what has been narrated:
الحسين بن سعيد عن صفوان عن ابن بكير عن زرارة قال قال أبو جعفر عليه السلام إنما يكره أن يجمع بين السورتين في الفريضة فاما النافلة فلا بأس
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Safwan from Ibn Bukayr from Zurarah who said:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “It is only disliked to combine two Surahs in the obligatory prayer, but as for the ‘nafila’ (supererogatory prayer), there is no harm.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 77
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنِ اِبْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَقْرُنُ بَيْنَ اَلسُّورَتَيْنِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ فَقَالَ« إِنَّ لِكُلِّ سُورَةٍ حَقّاً فَأَعْطِهَا حَقَّهَا مِنَ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ» قُلْتُ فَيَقْطَعُ اَلسُّورَةَ فَقَالَ« لاَ بَأْسَ بِهِ»
And from him, from Safwan from Ibn Bukayr from Zurarah who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about a man who joins two Surahs in one rak‘ah. Imam عليه السلام said: “Every Surah has a right, so give it its due in bowing and prostration.” I asked: “What if he cuts the Surah (splits it)?” Imam عليه السلام said: “There is no harm in that.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 77
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 179
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَبْداً صَالِحاً عَ هَ لْ يَجُوزُ أَنْ يُقْرَأَ فِي صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ بِالسُّورَتَيْنِ وَ اَلثَّلاَثِ فَقَالَ« مَا كَانَ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ فَاقْرَأْ بِالسُّورَتَيْنِ وَ اَلثَّلاَثِ وَ مَا كَانَ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَلنَّهَارِ فَلاَ تَقْرَأْ إِلاَّ بِسُورَةٍ سُورَةٍ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn al-Qasim who said:
I asked the Righteous servant (Abd Salih عليه السلام), peace be upon him: “Is it permissible to recite two or three Surahs in the night prayer?” Imam عليه السلام said: “As for the night prayer, recite two or three Surahs. But as for the daytime prayer, do not recite except one Surah (in each rak‘ah).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 78
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 179
سَعْدٌ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي يَعْفُورٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ بَأْسَ أَنْ تَجْمَعَ فِي اَلنَّافِلَةِ مِنَ اَلسُّوَرِ مَا شِئْتَ»
Sa‘d from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Uthman ibn Isa from Abdullah ibn Muskan from Abdullah ibn Abi Ya‘fur:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “There is no harm in combining as many Surahs as you wish in the ‘nafila’ (supererogatory prayer).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 78
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 179
وَعَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ بْنِ أَيُّوبَ عَنْ أَبَانِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَمَّنْ أَخْبَرَهُ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ هَلْ تُقْسَمُ اَلسُّورَةُ فِي رَكْعَتَيْنِ فَقَالَ« نَعَمِ اِقْسِمْهَا كَيْفَ شِئْتَ»
And from him, from al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadhala ibn Ayyub from Aban ibn Uthman from someone who informed him from one of the two (Imams), peace be upon them, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام: “May a Surah be divided between two rak‘ahs?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes, divide it however you wish.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 78
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ اَلطَّوِيلِ عَنْ أَبِي دَاوُدَ اَلْمُنْشِدِ عَنْ مُحَسِّنٍ اَلْمِيثَمِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« تَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ اَلزَّوَالِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلْأُولَى اَلْحَمْدَ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ« قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ» وَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّالِثَةِ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ آيَةَ اَلْكُرْسِيِّ وَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلرَّابِعَةِ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ آخِرَ اَلْبَقَرَةِ« آمَنَ اَلرَّسُولُ» إِلَى آخِرِهَا وَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلْخَامِسَةِ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ اَلْخَمْسَ آيَاتٍ مِنْ آلِ عِمْرَانَ« إِنَّ فِي خَلْقِ اَلسَّمٰاوٰاتِ وَ اَلْأَرْضِ» إِلَى قَوْلِهِ« إِنَّكَ لاٰ تُخْلِفُ اَلْمِيعٰادَ» وَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلسَّادِسَةِ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ ثَلاَثَ آيَاتِ اَلسُّخْرَةِ« إِنَّ رَبَّكُمُ اَللّٰهُ اَلَّذِي خَلَقَ اَلسَّمٰاوٰاتِ وَ اَلْأَرْضَ» إِلَى قَوْلِهِ« إِنَّ رَحْمَتَ اَللّٰهِ قَرِيبٌ مِنَ اَلْمُحْسِنِينَ وَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلسَّابِعَةِ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ اَلْآيَاتِ مِنْ سُورَةِ اَلْأَنْعَامِ« وَ جَعَلُوا لِلّٰهِ شُرَكٰاءَ اَلْجِنَّ» إِلَى قَوْلِهِ« وَ هُوَ اَللَّطِيفُ اَلْخَبِيرُ» وَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّامِنَةِ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ» وَ آخِرَ سُورَةِ اَلْحَشْرِ مِنْ قَوْلِهِ« لَوْ أَنْزَلْنٰا هٰذَا اَلْقُرْآنَ عَلىٰ جَبَلٍ» إِلَى آخِرِهَا فَإِذَا فَرَغْتَ قُلْتَ اَللَّهُمَّ مُقَلِّبَ اَلْقُلُوبِ وَ اَلْأَبْصَارِ ثَبِّتْ قَلْبِي عَلَى دِينِكَ وَ لاَ تُزِغْ قَلْبِي بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَيْتَنِي وَ هَبْ لِي« مِنْ لَدُنْكَ رَحْمَةً إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ اَلْوَهّٰابُ» سَبْعَ مَرَّاتٍ ثُمَّ تَقُولُ أَسْتَجِيرُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ اَلنَّارِ سَبْعَ مَرَّاتٍ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from Abdullah ibn al-Husayn al-Tawil from Abu Dawud al-Munshid from Muhassin al-Mithami:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “In ‘Zawal’ prayer (midday supererogatory), you recite in: - The first rak‘ah: al-Hamd and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’ (Surah al-Ikhlas), - The second rak‘ah: al-Hamd and ‘Qul ya ayyuhal-kafirun’ (Surah al-Kafirun), - The third rak‘ah: al-Hamd and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’, and Ayat al-Kursi, - The fourth rak‘ah: al-Hamd and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’, and the end of Surah al-Baqarah ‘Amana al-rasulu...’ to its end, - The fifth rak‘ah: al-Hamd and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’, and five verses from Aal ‘Imran starting from ‘Indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the earth...’ to ‘Indeed, You do not break the promise,’ - The sixth rak‘ah: al-Hamd and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’, and three verses of Surah al-A‘raf starting from ‘Indeed, your Lord is Allah سبحانه وتعالى who created the heavens and the earth...’ to ‘Indeed, the mercy of Allah سبحانه وتعالى is near to the doers of good,’ - The seventh rak‘ah: al-Hamd and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’, and the verses from Surah al-An‘am ‘And they assigned to Allah سبحانه وتعالى partners of the jinn...’ to ‘And He is the Subtle, the All-Aware,’ - The eighth rak‘ah: al-Hamd and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’, and the end of Surah al-Hashr from ‘If We had sent down this Qur’an upon a mountain...’ to its end. Then when you finish, you say: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Turner of hearts and sights, make my heart firm upon Your سبحانه وتعالى religion, and do not let my heart deviate after You سبحانه وتعالى have guided me, and grant me from Yourself سبحانه وتعالى mercy, indeed, You سبحانه وتعالى are the Bestower’, seven times. Then you say: ‘I seek refuge with Allah سبحانه وتعالى from the Fire’, seven times.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 78
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ قَالَ حَدَّثَنِي مُعَاذُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «لاَ تَدَعْ أَنْ تَقْرَأَ بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ «قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ» فِي سَبْعِ مَوَاطِنَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلزَّوَالِ وَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ وَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي أَوَّلِ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ وَ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْإِحْرَامِ وَ اَلْفَجْرِ إِذَا أَصْبَحْتَ بِهِمَا وَ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلطَّوَافِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from his father from Abdullah ibn al-Mughirah who said: Mu‘adh ibn Muslim narrated to me:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Do not leave off reciting ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’ (Surah al-Ikhlas) and ‘Qul ya ayyuhal-kafirun’ (Surah al-Kafirun) in seven places: - In the two rak‘ahs before Fajr, - The two rak‘ahs of Zawal (midday supererogatory prayer), - The two rak‘ahs after Maghrib, - The first two rak‘ahs of the Night Prayer (‘Salat al-Layl’), - The two rak‘ahs of ‘Ihram’ (entering prayer), - The two rak‘ahs of Fajr if you begin your day with them, - The two rak‘ahs of ‘Tawaf’ (circumambulation).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 79
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَفِي رِوَايَةٍ أُخْرَى:« يُقْرَأُ فِي هَذَا كُلِّهِ بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَفِي اَلثَّانِيَةِ بِ«قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ» إِلاَّ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ فَإِنَّهُ يُبْدَأُ بِ«قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ» ثُمَّ يُقْرَأُ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ «قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ»
And in another narration: “In all of these (prayers), ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’ is recited in the first rak‘ah and ‘Qul ya ayyuhal-kafirun’ in the second, except in the two rak‘ahs before Fajr, in which ‘Qul ya ayyuhal-kafirun’ is recited first, and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’ is recited in the second rak‘ah.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 79
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ عَنْ جَمِيلٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا كُنْتَ خَلْفَ إِمَامٍ فَقَرَأَ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ فَرَغَ مِنْ قِرَاءَتِهَا فَقُلْ أَنْتَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ اَلْعَالَمِينَ وَ لاَ تَقُلْ آمِينَ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from his father from Abdullah ibn al-Mughirah from Jamil:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “If you are behind an imam and he recites al-Hamd (Surah al-Fatiha) and finishes its recitation, then you say: ‘Al-hamdu lillahi Rabbil-‘alamin’ (All praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Lord of the worlds), and do not say ‘Amin’.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 79
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَقُولُ إِذَا فَرَغْتُ مِنْ فَاتِحَةِ اَلْكِتَابِ آمِينَ قَالَ« لاَ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Muhammad ibn Sinan from Ibn Muskan from Muhammad al-Halabi who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Should I say ‘Amin’ when I finish reciting Surah al-Fatiha?” Imam عليه السلام said: “No.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 80
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ أَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ جَمِيلٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنْ قَوْلِ اَلنَّاسِ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ جَمَاعَةً حِينَ تُقْرَأُ فَاتِحَةُ اَلْكِتَابِ آمِينَ قَالَ« مَا أَحْسَنَهَا وَ اِخْفِضِ اَلصَّوْتَ بِهَا»
As for what was narrated by al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Ibn Abi Umayr from Jamil who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the people saying ‘Amin’ together in prayer when Surah al-Fatiha is recited. He said: “How beautiful it is, but lower your voice with it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 80
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 180
فاول ما فيه ان جميلا قد روى ضد ذلك وهو ما قدمناه من قوله ولا تقل آمين بل قل الحمد الله رب العالمين وإذا كان قد روى ضد ذلك وما ينقض هذه الرواية ويوافق رواية غيره فيجب الحكم على فساد هذه الرواية التي انفرد بها دون ما شاركه فيها غيره ولو صح هذا الخبر لكان محمولا على التقية والذي يدل على ذلك ما رواه
The first issue with this is that Jamil has himself narrated the opposite, as we have mentioned earlier, his statement: ‘Do not say Amin, rather say: al-hamdu lillahi Rabbil-‘alamin.”’ And since he has narrated the contrary of this and what contradicts the current narration and agrees with the narrations of others, it is necessary to judge this solitary narration as invalid, especially since no one else has reported it alongside him. And even if this report were to be authentic, it would be interpreted as having been said under ‘taqiyyah’ (dissimulation). What indicates this is what was narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَقُولُ آمِينَ إِذَا قَالَ اَلْإِمَامُ« غَيْرِ اَلْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَ لاَ اَلضّٰالِّينَ» قَالَ« هُمُ اَلْيَهُودُ وَ اَلنَّصَارَى وَ لَمْ يُجِبْ فِي هَذَا»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Hammad ibn Isa from Mu‘awiyah ibn Wahb who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Should I say ‘Amin’ when the imam (of prayer) says: ‘ghayril-maghdubi ‘alayhim wa lad-dallin’?” Imam عليه السلام said: “They are the Jews and the Christians.” And He عليه السلام did not respond regarding this (He عليه السلام gave no ruling about saying ‘Amin’).
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 80
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 180
فعدوله عليه السلام عن جواب ما سأله السائل عنه دليل على كراهية هذه اللفظة ولم يتمكن من التصريح بكراهيته للتقية والاضطرار فعدل عن جوابه جملة
His (peace be upon him) avoidance of answering what the questioner directly asked is an indication of the dislike (‘karahah’) of this phrase (‘Amin’), and He عليه السلام was not able to explicitly declare its dislike due to ‘taqiyyah’ (precautionary dissimulation) and necessity, so He عليه السلام entirely refrained from answering the question.
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا رَكَعَ وَ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ اَلسُّجُودِ وَ إِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ اَلثَّانِيَةَ
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Hammad ibn Isa from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar who said:
I saw Abu Abdillah عليه السلام raising his hands when He عليه السلام bowed (for ‘ruku’), and when He عليه السلام raised his head from bowing, and when He عليه السلام prostrated (‘sujud’), and when He عليه السلام raised his head from prostration, and when He عليه السلام intended to go into the second prostration.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 80
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 180
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: فِي اَلرَّجُلِ يَرْفَعُ يَدَهُ كُلَّمَا أَهْوَى لِلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ وَ كُلَّمَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنْ رُكُوعٍ أَوْ سُجُودٍ قَالَ« هِيَ اَلْعُبُودِيَّةُ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Abdullah ibn al-Mughirah from Ibn Muskan: Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said regarding a man who raises his hands whenever he goes down for bowing (‘ruku’) and prostration (‘sujud’), and whenever he raises his head from bowing or prostration. Imam عليه السلام said: “It is servitude (‘al-‘ubudiyyah’).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 80
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مُوسَى اَلْوَرَّاقِ عَنْ يُونُسَ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شِمْرٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: رَفْعُكَ يَدَيْكَ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ زِينَتُهَا.
And from him, from al-‘Abbas ibn Musa al-Warraq from Yunus from ‘Amr ibn Shimr from Hariz from Zurarah who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Your raising of your hands in prayer is its adornment.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 80
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ وَ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ اَلْبَرْقِيِّ وَ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلتَّسْبِيحِ فِي اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ فَقَالَ يَقُولُ فِي اَلرُّكُوعِ« سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ اَلْعَظِيمِ وَ فِي اَلسُّجُودِ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ اَلْأَعْلَى اَلْفَرِيضَةُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ تَسْبِيحَةٌ وَاحِدَةٌ وَ اَلسُّنَّةُ ثَلاَثٌ وَ اَلْفَضْلُ فِي سَبْعٍ»
Sa‘d ibn Abdullah from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, and Muhammad ibn Khalid al-Barqi, and al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf from al-Qasim ibn ‘Urwah from Hisham ibn Salim who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the ‘tasbih’ in ‘ruku’ and ‘sujud’. Imam عليه السلام said: “In ‘ruku’, say: ‘Subhana Rabbiyal-‘Azim (Glory be to my Lord عز وجل, the Great)’, and in ‘sujud’, say: ‘Subhana Rabbiyal-A‘la (Glory be to my Lord عز وجل, the Most High)’. The obligation in that is one ‘tasbih’, the Sunnah is three, and the excellence is in saying it seven times.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 81
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 180
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حَدِيدٍ وَ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ وَ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لَهُ مَا يُجْزِي مِنَ اَلْقَوْلِ فِي اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ فَقَالَ« ثَلاَثُ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ فِي تَرَسُّلٍ وَ وَاحِدَةٌ تَامَّةً تُجْزِي»
And from him, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Ali ibn Hadid and Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Najran and al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Hammad ibn Isa from Hariz ibn Abdullah from Zurarah from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام (peace be upon him), he said:
I said to Him عليه السلام: “What suffices in terms of what is to be said in ‘ruku’ and ‘sujud’?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Three ‘tasbihat’ with calm recitation (‘tarassul’), and one complete (tasbihah) suffices.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 81
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 180
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بْنِ نُوحٍ اَلنَّخَعِيِّ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَقْطِينٍ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ اَلْأَوَّلِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ كَمْ يُجْزِي فِيهِ مِنَ اَلتَّسْبِيحِ فَقَالَ« ثَلاَثَةٌ وَ تُجْزِيكَ وَاحِدَةٌ إِذَا أَمْكَنْتَ جَبْهَتَكَ مِنَ اَلْأَرْضِ»
And from him, from Ayyub ibn Nuh al-Nakha‘i from Muhammad ibn Abi Hamzah from Ali ibn Yaqtin from Abu al-Hasan al-Awwal عليه السلام (peace be upon him), he said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about ‘ruku’ and ‘sujud’, how much ‘tasbih’ suffices in them? Imam عليه السلام said: “Three, and one suffices you if you have firmly placed your forehead on the ground.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 81
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 181
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَقْطِينٍ عَنْ أَخِيهِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَقْطِينٍ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ اَلْأَوَّلِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَسْجُدُ كَمْ يُجْزِيهِ مِنَ اَلتَّسْبِيحِ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَ سُجُودِهِ فَقَالَ« ثَلاَثٌ وَ تُجْزِيهِ وَاحِدَةٌ»
And from him, from Abu Ja‘far from al-Hasan ibn Ali ibn Yaqtin from his brother al-Husayn ibn Ali ibn Yaqtin from Abu al-Hasan al-Awwal (peace be upon him), he said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about a man in ‘sujud’, how much ‘tasbih’ suffices him in his ‘ruku’ and ‘sujud’? Imam عليه السلام said: “Three, and one suffices him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 81
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 181
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي اَلصُّهْبَانِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ عَنْ مِسْمَعٍ أَبِي سَيَّارٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يُجْزِيكَ مِنَ اَلْقَوْلِ فِي اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ ثَلاَثُ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ أَوْ قَدْرُهُنَّ مُتَرَسِّلاً وَ لَيْسَ لَهُ وَ لاَ كَرَامَةَ أَنْ يَقُولَ سُبْحَ سُبْحَ سُبْحَ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Muhammad ibn Abi al-Suhban from Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Najran from Misma‘ Abi Sayyar:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It suffices you in ‘ruku’ and ‘sujud’ to say three ‘tasbihat’, or their equivalent with calm and clear recitation (‘tarassul’). But it is of no value, nor does it hold any merit, for one to say: ‘Subh... Subh... Subh’ (in a hurried manner).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 82
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ اَلْحَسَنِ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ عَنْ زُرْعَةَ عَنْ سَمَاعَةَ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ هَلْ نَزَلَ فِي اَلْقُرْآنِ فَقَالَ« نَعَمْ قَوْلُ اَللَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ« يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلَّذِينَ آمَنُوا اِرْكَعُوا وَ اُسْجُدُوا»» فَقُلْتُ كَيْفَ حَدُّ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ فَقَالَ« أَمَّا مَا يُجْزِيكَ مِنَ اَلرُّكُوعِ فَثَلاَثُ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ تَقُولُ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ ثَلاَثاً وَ مَنْ كَانَ يَقْوَى عَلَى أَنْ يُطَوِّلَ اَلرُّكُوعَ وَ اَلسُّجُودَ فَلْيُطَوِّلْ مَا اِسْتَطَاعَ يَكُونُ ذَلِكَ فِي تَسْبِيحِ اَللَّهِ وَ تَحْمِيدِهِ وَ تَمْجِيدِهِ وَ اَلدُّعَاءِ وَ اَلتَّضَرُّعِ فَإِنَّ أَقْرَبَ مَا يَكُونُ اَلْعَبْدُ إِلَى رَبِّهِ وَ هُوَ سَاجِدٌ فَأَمَّا اَلْإِمَامُ فَإِنَّهُ إِذَا قَامَ بِالنَّاسِ فَلاَ يَنْبَغِي أَنْ يُطَوِّلَ بِهِمْ فَإِنَّ فِي اَلنَّاسِ اَلضَّعِيفَ وَ مَنْ لَهُ اَلْحَاجَةُ فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ كَانَ إِذَا صَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ خَفَّ بِهِمْ»
And from him, from Ahmad ibn al-Hasan from al-Husayn from al-Hasan from Zur‘ah from Sama‘ah who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about ‘ruku’ and ‘sujud’, whether they were mentioned in the Qur’an. Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes, in the words of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic: ‘O you who believe, bow and prostrate’.” (Surah Hajj 22:77) I asked: “What is the minimum required for ‘ruku’ and ‘sujud’?” Imam عليه السلام said: “As for what suffices you in ‘ruku’, it is to say three ‘tasbihat’, ‘Subhan Allah, Subhan Allah’ three times. And whoever is able to lengthen the ‘ruku’ and ‘sujud’, let him lengthen them as much as he is able. That should be in glorifying Allah سبحانه وتعالى, praising Him سبحانه وتعالى, magnifying Him سبحانه وتعالى, supplicating, and showing humility, for the closest a servant is to his Lord عز وجل is when he is in ‘sujud’. As for the imam (of prayer), when he leads the people in prayer, he should not prolong it for them, for among them are the weak and those who have needs. Indeed, the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace be upon him and his family, used to lighten the prayer when leading the people.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 82
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 181
وَعَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَ أَخَفُّ مَا يَكُونُ مِنَ اَلتَّسْبِيحِ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ قَالَ« ثَلاَثُ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ مُتَرَسِّلاً تَقُولُ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ»
And from him, from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf from Hammad ibn Isa from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “What is the lightest (minimum) amount of ‘tasbih’ in prayer?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Three ‘tasbihat’ with calm and clear recitation (‘tarassul’), saying: ‘Subhan Allah, Subhan Allah, Subhan Allah’.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 83
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 181
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا أَرَدْتَ أَنْ تَرْكَعَ فَقُلْ وَ أَنْتَ مُنْتَصِبٌ اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ ثُمَّ اِرْكَعْ وَ قُلْ رَبِّ لَكَ رَكَعْتُ وَ لَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ وَ بِكَ آمَنْتُ وَ عَلَيْكَ تَوَكَّلْتُ وَ أَنْتَ رَبِّي خَشَعَ لَكَ سَمْعِي وَ بَصَرِي وَ شَعْرِي وَ بَشَرِي وَ لَحْمِي وَ دَمِي وَ مُخِّي وَ عَصَبِي وَعِظَامِي وَمَا أَقَلَّتْهُ قَدَمَايَ غَيْرَ مُسْتَنْكِفٍ وَلاَ مُسْتَكْبِرٍ وَلاَ مُسْتَحْسِرٍ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ اَلْعَظِيمِ وَبِحَمْدِهِ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ فِي تَرَسُّلٍ وَ تَصُفُّ فِي رُكُوعِكَ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْكَ تَجْعَلُ بَيْنَهُمَا قَدْرَ شِبْرٍ وَ تُمَكِّنُ رَاحَتَيْكَ مِنْ رُكْبَتَيْكَ وَ تَضَعُ يَدَكَ اَلْيُمْنَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِكَ اَلْيُمْنَى قَبْلَ اَلْيُسْرَى وَ تَلْقُمُ بِأَطْرَافِ أَصَابِعِكَ عَيْنَ اَلرُّكْبَةِ وَ فَرِّجْ أَصَابِعَكَ إِذَا وَضَعْتَهَا عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْكَ وَ أَقِمْ صُلْبَكَ وَ مُدَّ عُنُقَكَ وَ لْيَكُنْ نَظَرُكَ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْكَ ثُمَّ قُلْ سَمِعَ اَللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ وَ أَنْتَ مُنْتَصِبٌ قَائِمٌ «اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ» أَهْلَ اَلْجَبَرُوتِ وَاَلْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَاَلْعَظَمَةِ« اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ» تَجْهَرُ بِهَا صَوْتَكَ ثُمَّ تَرْفَعُ يَدَيْكَ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ وَ تَخِرُّ سَاجِداً»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Muhammad ibn Yahya from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from Hariz from Zurarah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “When you intend to go into bowing (ruku‘), say while you are standing upright: ‘Allahu Akbar’, then bow and say: ‘My Lord عز وجل, for You عز وجل have I bowed, to You عز وجل have I submitted, in You عز وجل have I believed, upon You عز وجل have I relied, and You عز وجل are my Lord عز وجل. My hearing, my sight, my hair, my skin, my flesh, my blood, my brain, my nerves, my bones, and everything my feet carry have humbled themselves to You عز وجل, not arrogantly, nor proudly, nor with weariness. Glory be to my Lord عز وجل, the Mighty, and praise be to Him عز وجل’, three times, in a calm and deliberate manner (tarassul). And in your bowing, align your feet, placing between them the distance of one span. Place your palms firmly on your knees. Put your right hand on your right knee before the left, press the tips of your fingers on the center of the kneecap, and spread your fingers when placing them on your knees. Keep your back straight and extend your neck, and let your gaze be between your feet. Then say: ‘Sami‘a Allahu liman hamidah’ (Allah سبحانه وتعالى hears the one who praises Him عز وجل), while you are upright standing, and say: ‘Al-hamdu lillahi Rabbil-‘alamin’ (Praise be to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Lord of the worlds), the One worthy of majesty, sovereignty, and greatness. ‘Al-hamdu lillahi Rabbil-‘alamin’, say it aloud. Then raise your hands with the takbir and go down into prostration (sujud).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 83
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ رَجُلٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا رَفَعْتَ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ اَلرُّكُوعِ فَأَقِمْ صُلْبَكَ فَإِنَّهُ لاَ صَلاَةَ لِمَنْ لاَ يُقِيمُ صُلْبَهُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from al-Qasim ibn Muhammad from a man from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you raise your head from bowing (ruku‘), straighten your back, for there is no prayer for the one who does not straighten his back.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 84
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنِ اَلْعَلاَءِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَ إِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَقُومَ رَفَعَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ قَبْلَ يَدَيْهِ
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadalah from al-‘Ala’ from Muhammad, who said:
I saw Abu Abdillah عليه السلام placing his hands before his knees when He عليه السلام went into prostration (sujud), and when He عليه السلام wanted to rise, He عليه السلام would raise his knees before his hands.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 84
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 182
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْجَوْهَرِيِّ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ أَبِي اَلْعَلاَءِ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ« نَعَمْ»
And from him, from al-Qasim ibn Muhammad al-Jawhari from al-Husayn ibn Abi al-‘Ala’, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about a man who places his hands before his knees during prayer. Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes (it is permissible).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 84
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 182
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنِ اَلْعَلاَءِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: سُئِلَ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ قَالَ «نَعَمْ» يَعْنِي فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ
And from him, from Safwan from al-‘Ala’ from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said:
He عليه السلام was asked about a man who places his hands on the ground before his knees. Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes,” meaning in prayer.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 84
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 182
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ عَنْ سَمَاعَةَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ بَأْسَ إِذَا صَلَّى اَلرَّجُلُ أَنْ يَضَعَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ قَبْلَ يَدَيْهِ»
As for what was narrated by al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadalah from Husayn from Sama‘ah from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “There is no harm if a man, when praying, places his knees on the ground before his hands.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 84
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 182
فانه محمول على حال الضرورة ومن لا يتمكن من تلقي الارض باليدين أولا لعلة أو مرض
For it is to be understood as applying to a case of necessity, and to one who is unable to touch the ground with his hands first due to an ailment or illness.
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا سَجَدْتَ فَكَبِّرْ وَ قُلِ اَللَّهُمَّ لَكَ سَجَدْتُ وَ بِكَ آمَنْتُ وَ لَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ وَ عَلَيْكَ تَوَكَّلْتُ وَ أَنْتَ رَبِّي سَجَدَ وَجْهِيَ لِلَّذِي خَلَقَهُ وَ شَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَ بَصَرَهُ« وَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ» تَبَارَكَ« اَللّٰهُ أَحْسَنُ اَلْخٰالِقِينَ» ثُمَّ قُلْ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ اَلْأَعْلَى وَ بِحَمْدِهِ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ فَإِذَا رَفَعْتَ رَأْسَكَ فَقُلْ بَيْنَ اَلسَّجْدَتَيْنِ اَللَّهُمَّ اِغْفِرْ لِي وَ اِرْحَمْنِي وَ اُجْبُرْنِي وَ اِدْفَعْ عَنِّي وَ عَافِنِي« إِنِّي لِمٰا أَنْزَلْتَ إِلَيَّ مِنْ خَيْرٍ فَقِيرٌ»« تَبٰارَكَ اَللّٰهُ رَبُّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from his father from Ibn Abi ‘Umayr from Hammad ibn Uthman from al-Halabi:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you go into prostration (sujud), say the takbir (Allahu Akbar), and say: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, to You عز وجل I have prostrated, in You عز وجل I have believed, to You عز وجل I have submitted, upon You عز وجل I have relied. You عز وجل are my Lord عز وجل. My face has prostrated to the One عز وجل who created it, and who split open its hearing and sight.’ ‘All praise belongs to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Lord عز وجل of the worlds.’ ‘Blessed is Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the best of creators.’ Then say: ‘Glory be to my Lord عز وجل, the Most High, and with His عز وجل praise,’ three times. Then when you raise your head, say between the two prostrations: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, forgive me, have mercy on me, mend me, repel from me (what harms me), and grant me well-being. Indeed, I am in need of whatever good You عز وجل may send down to me.’ ‘Blessed is Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Lord عز وجل of the worlds.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 84
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ جَمَاعَةٍ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ بْنِ أَيُّوبَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ حَفْصٍ اَلْأَعْوَرِ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« كَانَ عَلِيٌّ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِذَا سَجَدَ يَتَخَوَّى كَمَا يَتَخَوَّى اَلْبَعِيرُ اَلضَّامِرُ يَعْنِي بُرُوكَهُ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from a group, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Fadalah ibn Ayyub, from Abdullah ibn Sinan, from Hafs al-A‘war:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When (Imam) Ali عليه السلام, peace be upon him, performed prostration, He عليه السلام would collapse as the emaciated camel collapses, meaning the way it kneels down.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 85
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فان قيل قد ذكرتم من الروايات ما يتضمن جواز الاقتصار على تسبيحة واحدة في الركوع والسجود وقد روى الحسين بن سعيد وغيره ما يدفعكم عن ذلك
If it is said: You have mentioned narrations that include the permissibility of limiting oneself to a single tasbihah (saying "Subhan Allah") in bowing and prostration, while Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id and others have narrated what repels you from that: (see following narration)
رَوَى اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ مِسْمَعٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ يُجْزِي اَلرَّجُلَ فِي صَلاَتِهِ أَقَلُّ مِنْ ثَلاَثِ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ أَوْ قَدْرِهِنَّ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id narrated from Safwan, from Misma‘:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It does not suffice a man in his prayer with less than three tasbihat or their equivalent.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 85
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 182
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنْ يَحْيَى اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ دَاوُدَ اَلْأَبْزَارِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« أَدْنَى اَلتَّسْبِيحِ ثَلاَثُ مَرَّاتٍ وَ أَنْتَ سَاجِدٌ لاَ تَعْجَلْ بِهِنَّ»
And from him, from al-Nadr, from Yahya al-Halabi, from Dawud al-Abzari:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The minimum of tasbih is three times while you are in prostration, do not hasten through them.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 85
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 182
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ أَدْنَى مَا يُجْزِي مِنَ اَلتَّسْبِيحِ فِي اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ فَقَالَ« ثَلاَثُ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Sinan, from Ibn Muskan, from Abu Basir, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the minimum that suffices of tasbih in bowing and prostration. Imam عليه السلام said: “Three tasbihat.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 85
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فكيف تجمعون بين هذه الاخبار؟ قيل له أول ما نقول أنا لا نجوز ان يقتصر الانسان على مرة واحدة من التسبيح مع الاختيار وإنما جوزنا ذلك عند الضرورة والاعذار فاما مع الاختيار فلا يجوز ذلك ولانا إنما جوزنا الاقتصار على مرة واحدة إذا ذكر تسبيحا مخصوصا وهو أن يقول سبحان ربي العظيم وبحمده في الركوع أو سبحان ربي الاعلى وبحمده في السجود فاما إذا قال سبحان الله فحسب فلا يجوز اقل من ثلاث مرات وايضا ليس في شئ من هذه الاخبار ان من نقص عن ثلاث تسبيحات فان صلاته باطلة ويحتمل أن يكون ارادوا به نفي الكمال والفضل دون البطلان والذي يكشف عما ذكرناه
So how do you reconcile these reports? It was said to him: The first thing we say is that we do not permit a person to suffice with only one tasbih when they have the ability to do more; rather, we only allowed that in cases of necessity and valid excuses. As for when there is ability and choice, then that is not permitted. And we only permitted limiting it to one tasbih when a specific phrase is mentioned, which is to say: ‘Subhana Rabbi al-‘Azim wa bi-hamdih’ in bowing, or ‘Subhana Rabbi al-A‘la wa bi-hamdih’ in prostration. But if one says only ‘Subhan Allah’, then it is not permissible to say it less than three times. Also, none of these reports state that whoever does less than three tasbihat, then his prayer is invalid. It is possible that what was meant by them was the negation of perfection and merit, not invalidation. And what clarifies what we have mentioned is:
مَا رَوَاهُ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْمَلِكِ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ اَلْحَضْرَمِيِّ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَيُّ شَيْءٍ حَدُّ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ قَالَ« تَقُولُ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ اَلْعَظِيمِ وَ بِحَمْدِهِ ثَلاَثاً فِي اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ اَلْأَعْلَى وَبِحَمْدِهِ ثَلاَثاً فِي اَلسُّجُودِ فَمَنْ نَقَصَ وَاحِدَةً نَقَصَ ثُلُثَ صَلاَتِهِ وَمَنْ نَقَصَ اِثْنَتَيْنِ نَقَصَ ثُلُثَيْ صَلاَتِهِ وَ مَنْ لَمْ يُسَبِّحْ فَلاَ صَلاَةَ لَهُ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa narrated from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Uthman ibn Abd al-Malik, from Abu Bakr al-Hadrami, who said:
I said to (Imam) Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him: “What is the limit of bowing and prostration?” Imam عليه السلام said: “You say ‘Subhana Rabbi al-‘Azim wa bi-hamdih’ three times in bowing, and ‘Subhana Rabbi al-A‘la wa bi-hamdih’ three times in prostration. So whoever omits one has omitted one-third of his prayer, and whoever omits two has omitted two-thirds of his prayer, and whoever does not perform tasbih, then he has no prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 86
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 182
فدل هذا الخبر على أنهم إنما نفوا الكمال والفضل ألا ترى انهم قالوا من نقص واحدة نقص ثلث صلاته ومن نقص اثنتين نقص ثلثي صلاته فلو لا أن الامر على ما ذكرناه كان لا فرق بين الاخلال بواحدة في أن ذلك يبطل الصلاة وبين الاخلال بالجميع الذي يبطل الصلاة وقد علمنا انهم فرقوا مع انا قد بينا فيما تقدم من الاخبار ما يصرح بان الواحدة فريضة وما زاد عليه مسنون وهو رواية هشام بن سالم حين سأل أبا عبد الله عليه السلام عن التسبيح فقال له تقول سبحان ربي العظيم في الركوع وفي السجود سبحان ربي الاعلى ثم قال الفريضة من ذلك تسبيحة والسنة ثلاث والفضل في سبع وهذا صريح بما قلناه
So this report indicates that they only intended to negate perfection and merit. Do you not see that they said: whoever omits one has omitted a third of his prayer, and whoever omits two has omitted two-thirds of his prayer? If the matter were not as we have mentioned, then there would be no difference between failing to say one tasbih, which, according to that interpretation, would invalidate the prayer, and failing to say all of them, which indeed does invalidate the prayer. And yet, we know that they made a distinction. Moreover, we have already clarified in previous narrations what explicitly states that one tasbih is obligatory, and whatever is beyond that is recommended. This is in the narration of Hisham ibn Salim when he asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the tasbih, and Imam عليه السلام said to him: You say ‘Subhana Rabbi al-‘Azim’ in bowing and ‘Subhana Rabbi al-A’la’ in prostration. Then Imam عليه السلام said: The obligation of that is one tasbih, the sunnah is three, and the merit is in seven, and this is explicit in what we have said.
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى قَالَ: قَالَ لِي أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَوْماً «يَا حَمَّادُ تُحْسِنُ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ» قَالَ فَقُلْتُ يَا سَيِّدِي أَنَا أَحْفَظُ كِتَابَ حَرِيزٍ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ« لاَ عَلَيْكَ يَا حَمَّادُ قُمْ فَصَلِّ» قَالَ فَقُمْتُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مُتَوَجِّهاً إِلَى اَلْقِبْلَةِ فَاسْتَفْتَحْتُ اَلصَّلاَةَ فَرَكَعْتُ وَ سَجَدْتُ فَقَالَ« يَا حَمَّادُ لاَ تُحْسِنُ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ مَا أَقْبَحَ بِالرَّجُلِ مِنْكُمْ يَأْتِي عَلَيْهِ سِتُّونَ سَنَةً أَوْ سَبْعُونَ سَنَةً فَلاَ يُقِيمُ صَلاَةً وَاحِدَةً بِحُدُودِهَا تَامَّةً» قَالَ حَمَّادٌ فَأَصَابَنِي فِي نَفْسِي اَلذُّلُّ فَقُلْتُ جُعِلْتُ فِدَاكَ فَعَلِّمْنِي اَلصَّلاَةَ فَقَامَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ اَلْقِبْلَةِ مُنْتَصِباً فَأَرْسَلَ يَدَيْهِ جَمِيعاً عَلَى فَخِذَيْهِ قَدْ ضَمَّ أَصَابِعَهُ وَ قَرَّبَ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْهِ حَتَّى كَانَ بَيْنَهُمَا قَدْرُ ثَلاَثِ أَصَابِعَ مُنْفَرِجَاتٍ وَ اِسْتَقْبَلَ بِأَصَابِعِ رِجْلَيْهِ جَمِيعاً اَلْقِبْلَةَ لَمْ يُحَرِّفْهَا عَنِ اَلْقِبْلَةِ وَقَالَ بِخُشُوعٍ« اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ» ثُمَّ قَرَأَ اَلْحَمْدَ بِتَرْتِيلٍ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» ثُمَّ صَبَرَ هُنَيْئَةً بِقَدْرِ مَا يَتَنَفَّسُ وَ هُوَ قَائِمٌ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حِيَالَ وَجْهِهِ وَ قَالَ «اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ» وَ هُوَ قَائِمٌ ثُمَّ رَكَعَ وَ مَلَأَ كَفَّيْهِ مِنْ رُكْبَتَيْهِ مُنْفَرِجَاتٍ وَ رَدَّ رُكْبَتَيْهِ إِلَى خَلْفِهِ ثُمَّ اِسْتَوَى ظَهْرُهُ حَتَّى لَوْ صُبَّ عَلَيْهِ قَطْرَةٌ مِنْ مَاءٍ أَوْ دُهْنٍ لَمْ تَزُلْ لاِسْتِوَاءِ ظَهْرِهِ وَمَدَّ عُنُقَهُ وَغَمَّضَ عَيْنَيْهِ ثُمَّ سَبَّحَ ثَلاَثاً بِتَرْتِيلٍ فَقَالَ «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ اَلْعَظِيمِ وَ بِحَمْدِهِ» ثُمَّ اِسْتَوَى قَائِماً فَلَمَّا اِسْتَمْكَنَ مِنَ اَلْقِيَامِ قَالَ« سَمِعَ اَللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ» ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَ هُوَ قَائِمٌ وَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حِيَالَ وَجْهِهِ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ وَ بَسَطَ كَفَّيْهِ مَضْمُومَتَيِ اَلْأَصَابِعِ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ رُكْبَتَيْهِ حِيَالَ وَجْهِهِ فَقَالَ« سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ اَلْأَعْلَى وَ بِحَمْدِهِ» ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ وَ لَمْ يَضَعْ شَيْئاً مِنْ جَسَدِهِ عَلَى شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ وَ سَجَدَ عَلَى ثَمَانِيَةِ أَعْظُمٍ اَلْكَفَّيْنِ وَ اَلرُّكْبَتَيْنِ وَ أَنَامِلِ إِبْهَامَيِ اَلرِّجْلَيْنِ وَ اَلْجَبْهَةِ وَ اَلْأَنْفِ وَ قَالَ« سَبْعٌ مِنْهَا فَرْضٌ يُسْجَدُ عَلَيْهَا وَ هِيَ اَلَّتِي ذَكَرَهَا اَللَّهُ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ فِي كِتَابِهِ وَ قَالَ« وَ أَنَّ اَلْمَسٰاجِدَ لِلّٰهِ فَلاٰ تَدْعُوا مَعَ اَللّٰهِ أَحَداً» وَ هِيَ اَلْجَبْهَةُ وَ اَلْكَفَّانِ وَ اَلرُّكْبَتَانِ وَ اَلْإِبْهَامَانِ وَ وَضْعُ اَلْأَنْفِ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ سُنَّةٌ» ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ اَلسُّجُودِ فَلَمَّا اِسْتَوَى جَالِساً قَالَ« اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ» ثُمَّ قَعَدَ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ اَلْأَيْسَرِ قَدْ وَضَعَ قَدَمَهُ اَلْأَيْمَنَ عَلَى بَطْنِ قَدَمِهِ اَلْأَيْسَرِ وَ قَالَ« أَسْتَغْفِرُ اَللَّهَ رَبِّي وَ أَتُوبُ إِلَيْهِ» ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَ هُوَ جَالِسٌ وَ سَجَدَ سَجْدَةَ اَلثَّانِيَةِ وَ قَالَ كَمَا قَالَ فِي اَلْأُولَى وَ لَمْ يَضَعْ شَيْئاً مِنْ بَدَنِهِ عَلَى شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ فِي رُكُوعٍ وَلاَ سُجُودٍ وَ كَانَ مُجَّنِّحاً وَ لَمْ يَضَعْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ عَلَى هَذَا وَ يَدَاهُ مَضْمُومَةُ اَلْأَصَابِعِ وَ هُوَ جَالِسٌ فِي اَلتَّشَهُّدِ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ مِنَ اَلتَّشَهُّدِ سَلَّمَ فَقَالَ« يَا حَمَّادُ هَكَذَا صَلِّ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, who said:
One day, Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said to me: “O Hammad, do you know how to perform prayer properly?” I said: “O my master, I have memorized the book of Hariz regarding prayer.” Imam عليه السلام said: “It does not matter, O Hammad. Stand and pray.” So I stood before Him عليه السلام, facing the qiblah. I began the prayer, bowed, and prostrated. Then Imam عليه السلام said: “O Hammad, you do not perform prayer properly. How unbecoming it is for a man like you, sixty or seventy years may pass over him, and he does not establish even one prayer with all of its boundaries complete?!” Hammad said: ‘So I felt humiliated within myself and I said; “May I be your ransom, then teach me the prayer.” So Abu Abdillah عليه السلام stood, facing the qiblah, upright. He عليه السلام placed both his hands on his thighs, brought his fingers together, and positioned his feet close together until the distance between them was about the width of three spread-out fingers. He عليه السلام pointed all the toes of his feet toward the qiblah, not turning them away from the qiblah, and Imam عليه السلام said with humility: “Allahu Akbar.” Then He عليه السلام recited al-Hamd with measured tone and ‘Qul Huwa Allahu Ahad’, then paused for a short moment, the amount of time one takes a breath, while standing. Then He عليه السلام raised his hands in line with his face and said: “Allahu Akbar,” while still standing. Then He عليه السلام bowed and filled his hands with his knees, spreading his fingers apart. He عليه السلام pulled his knees backward and straightened his back until, had a drop of water or oil been poured on it, it would not have moved, due to the straightness of his back. He عليه السلام extended his neck and closed his eyes. Then Imam عليه السلام said tasbih three times with measured tone, saying: ‘Subhana Rabbi al-‘Azim wa bi-hamdih.’ Then He عليه السلام stood up straight, and when He عليه السلام became fully upright, Imam عليه السلام said “‘Samia’a Allahu liman hamidah’ (Allah سبحانه وتعالى has heard the one who praises Him),” then Imam عليه السلام said ‘Allahu Akbar’ while standing, and raised his hands in line with his face. Then He عليه السلام went into prostration and placed his palms, with fingers joined together, between his knees, in line with his face, and said: ‘Subhana Rabbi al-A’la wa bi-hamdih’ three times. He عليه السلام did not rest any part of his body on another part. He عليه السلام prostrated on eight bones; the two palms, the two knees, the tips of the big toes, the forehead, and the nose. Imam عليه السلام said: “Seven of them are obligatory to prostrate upon, and they are the ones Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic, mentioned in His Book, where He سبحانه وتعالى said: ‘And that the masajid belong to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, so do not call upon anyone with Allah سبحانه وتعالى’ (Surah Jinn 72:18). These are the forehead, the two palms, the two knees, and the two big toes. Placing the nose on the ground is a sunnah.” Then He عليه السلام raised his head from prostration, and when He عليه السلام was fully upright sitting, Imam عليه السلام said: ‘Allahu Akbar’. Then He عليه السلام sat on his left thigh, placing his right foot on the instep of his left foot, and said: “Astaghfirullaha Rabbi wa atubu ilayh.” Then Imam عليه السلام said takbir while sitting and performed the second prostration, saying as Imam عليه السلام said in the first. He عليه السلام did not rest any part of his body upon another in bowing or in prostration. He عليه السلام was balanced and did not place his forearms on the ground. He عليه السلام prayed two rak’ahs in this manner, with his fingers joined together, and He عليه السلام was seated during the tashahhud. When He عليه السلام completed the tashahhud, He عليه السلام gave salam and said: ‘O Hammad, pray like this.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 86
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ اَلْخَزَّازِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلْحَمِيدِ بْنِ عَوَّاضٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُهُ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ اَلسَّجْدَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ مِنَ اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلْأُولَى جَلَسَ حَتَّى يَطْمَئِنَّ ثُمَّ يَقُومُ
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Abu Ayyub al-Khazzaz, from Abd al-Hamid ibn ‘Awwad, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, who said:
I saw Him عليه السلام, when He عليه السلام raised his head from the second prostration of the first rak‘ah, He عليه السلام would sit until He عليه السلام was at ease, then He عليه السلام would stand.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 88
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 183
سَمَاعَةُ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« إِذَا رَفَعْتَ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ اَلسَّجْدَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلْأُولَى حِينَ تُرِيدُ أَنْ تَقُومَ فَاسْتَوِ جَالِساً ثُمَّ قُمْ»
Sama‘ah, from Abu Basir, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you raise your head from the second prostration in the first rak‘ah, when you intend to stand, then sit upright first, then stand.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 88
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ عَلِيُّ بْنُ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ رَحِيمٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ اَلرِّضَا عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ جُعِلْتُ فِدَاكَ أَرَاكَ إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ فَرَفَعْتَ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ اَلسُّجُودِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلْأُولَى وَاَلثَّالِثَةِ تَسْتَوِي جَالِساً ثُمَّ تَقُومُ فَنَصْنَعُ كَمَا تَصْنَعُ قَالَ« لاَ تَنْظُرُوا إِلَى مَا أَصْنَعُ أَنَا اِصْنَعُوا مَا تُؤْمَرُونَ»
As for what was narrated by Ali ibn al-Hakam from Rahim, who said:
I said to Abu al-Hasan al-Ridha عليه السلام, peace be upon him: “May I be your ransom, I see you, when you pray and raise your head from prostration in the first and third rak‘ah, you sit upright before standing. So should we do as you do?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Do not look at what I do, do what you have been commanded to do.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 88
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
إنما قال عليه السلام لا تنظروا الى ما اصنع لئلا يعتقد ان ذلك يلزمهم على طريق الفرض دون أن يكون قد منعه أن يقتدي بفعله على جهة الفضل وطلب الكمال والجلوس بين السجدتين وبين السجود والقيام من آداب الصلاة لا من فرائضها والذي يبين ما ذكرناه ما رواه
He عليه السلام, peace be upon him, only said ‘Do not look at what I do’ so that it would not be assumed that it is obligatory upon them in the manner of an obligation, and not because He عليه السلام forbade following his action in pursuit of virtue and the seeking of perfection. And sitting between the two prostrations and between the prostration and the standing is among the etiquettes (adab) of prayer, not among its obligations (fara’id). What clarifies what we have mentioned is what was narrated:
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اَلْحَجَّالِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ وَ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ إِذَا رَفَعَا رُءُوسَهُمَا مِنَ اَلسَّجْدَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ نَهَضَا وَ لَمْ يَجْلِسَا
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from al-Hajjal, from Abdullah ibn Bukayr, from Zurarah, who said:
I saw Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام and Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon them both, when they raised their heads from the second prostration, they stood up without sitting.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 89
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ وَ اِبْنُ مُسْلِمٍ وَ اَلْحَلَبِيُّ قَالُوا قَالَ:« لاَ تُقْعِ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ بَيْنَ اَلسَّجْدَتَيْنِ كَإِقْعَاءِ اَلْكَلْبِ»
Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar, Ibn Muslim, and al-Halabi said:
Imam عليه السلام said: “Do not sit in prayer between the two prostrations like the sitting of a dog.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 89
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
عَلِيٌّ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا جَلَسْتَ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ فَلاَ تَجْلِسْ عَلَى يَمِينِكَ وَ اِجْلِسْ عَلَى يَسَارِكَ فَإِذَا سَجَدْتَ فَابْسُطْ كَفَّيْكَ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ فَإِذَا رَكَعْتَ فَأَلْقِمْ رُكْبَتَيْكَ كَفَّيْكَ»
Ali, from Abu Basir, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, who said:
(Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said) “When you sit in prayer, do not sit on your right side, rather, sit on your left side. And when you prostrate, spread your palms on the ground. And when you bow, place your knees into your palms.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 89
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى وَ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ عَنِ اَلْفَضْلِ بْنِ شَاذَانَ وَ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ جَمِيعاً عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا قُمْتَ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ فَلاَ تُلْصِقْ قَدَمَكَ بِالْأُخْرَى وَ دَعْ بَيْنَهُمَا فَصْلاً إِصْبَعاً أَقَلُّ ذَلِكَ إِلَى شِبْرٍ أَكْثَرُهُ وَاُسْدُلْ مَنْكِبَيْكَ وَأَرْسِلْ يَدَيْكَ وَلاَ تُشَبِّكْ أَصَابِعَكَ وَلْتَكُونَا عَلَى فَخِذَيْكَ قُبَالَةَ رُكْبَتِكَ وَلْيَكُنْ نَظَرُكَ إِلَى مَوْضِعِ سُجُودِكَ فَإِذَا رَكَعْتَ فَصُفَّ فِي رُكُوعِكَ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْكَ تَجْعَلُ بَيْنَهُمَا قَدْرَ شِبْرٍ وَ تُمَكِّنُ رَاحَتَيْكَ مِنْ رُكْبَتَيْكَ وَ تَضَعُ يَدَكَ اَلْيُمْنَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِكَ اَلْيُمْنَى قَبْلَ اَلْيُسْرَى وَ بَلِّغْ بِأَطْرَافِ أَصَابِعِكَ عَيْنَ اَلرُّكْبَةِ وَ فَرِّجْ أَصَابِعَكَ إِذَا وَضَعْتَهَا عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْكَ فَإِنْ وَصَلَتْ أَطْرَافُ أَصَابِعِكَ فِي رُكُوعِكَ إِلَى رُكْبَتَيْكَ أَجْزَأَكَ ذَلِكَ وَ أَحَبُّ إِلَيَّ أَنْ تُمَكِّنَ كَفَّيْكَ مِنْ رُكْبَتَيْكَ فَتَجْعَلَ أَصَابِعَكَ فِي عَيْنِ اَلرُّكْبَةِ وَ تُفَرِّجَ بَيْنَهُمَا وَ أَقِمْ صُلْبَكَ وَ مُدَّ عُنُقَكَ وَ لْيَكُنْ نَظَرُكَ إِلَى مَا بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْكَ فَإِذَا أَرَدْتَ أَنْ تَسْجُدَ فَارْفَعْ يَدَيْكَ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ وَخِرَّ سَاجِداً وَاِبْدَأْ بِيَدَيْكَ فَضَعْهُمَا عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْكَ تَضَعُهُمَا مَعاً وَ لاَ تَفْتَرِشْ ذِرَاعَيْكَ اِفْتِرَاشَ اَلسَّبُعِ ذِرَاعَيْهِ وَ لاَ تَضَعَنَّ ذِرَاعَيْكَ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْكَ وَ فَخِذَيْكَ وَ لَكِنْ تَجَنَّحْ بِمِرْفَقَيْكَ وَ لاَ تُلْزِقْ كَفَّيْكَ بِرُكْبَتَيْكَ وَ لاَ تُدْنِهِمَا مِنْ وَجْهِكَ بَيْنَ ذَلِكَ حِيَالَ مَنْكِبَيْكَ وَ لاَ تَجْعَلْهُمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْ رُكْبَتَيْكَ وَ لَكِنْ تُحَرِّفُهُمَا عَنْ ذَلِكَ شَيْئاً وَ اُبْسُطْهُمَا عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ بَسْطاً وَ اِقْبِضْهُمَا إِلَيْكَ قَبْضاً وَ إِنْ كَانَ تَحْتَهُمَا ثَوْبٌ فَلاَ يَضُرُّكَ وَ إِنْ أَفْضَيْتَ بِهِمَا إِلَى اَلْأَرْضِ فَهُوَ أَفْضَلُ وَ لاَ تُفَرِّجَنَّ بَيْنَ أَصَابِعِكَ فِي سُجُودِكَ وَ لَكِنِ اُضْمُمْهُنَّ جَمِيعاً قَالَ فَإِذَا قَعَدْتَ فِي تَشَهُّدِكَ فَأَلْصِقْ رُكْبَتَيْكَ بِالْأَرْضِ وَفَرِّجْ بَيْنَهُمَا شَيْئاً وَلْيَكُنْ ظَاهِرُ قَدَمِكَ اَلْيُسْرَى عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ وَظَاهِرُ قَدَمِكَ اَلْيُمْنَى عَلَى بَاطِنِ قَدَمِكَ اَلْيُسْرَى وَأَلْيَتَاكَ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ وَطَرَفُ إِبْهَامِكَ اَلْيُمْنَى عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ وَ إِيَّاكَ وَ اَلْقُعُودَ عَلَى قَدَمَيْكَ فَتَتَأَذَّى بِذَلِكَ وَ لاَ تَكُونُ قَاعِداً عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ فَتَكُونَ إِنَّمَا قَعَدَ بَعْضُكَ عَلَى بَعْضٍ فَلاَ تَصْبِرَ لِلتَّشَهُّدِ وَ اَلدُّعَاءِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, and Muhammad ibn Isma‘il, from al-Fadl ibn Shadhan, and Muhammad ibn Yahya, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, all from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Hariz, from Zurarah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “When you stand in prayer, do not place one foot directly against the other; rather, leave a gap between them, the minimum being the width of a finger, and the maximum up to a span. Let your shoulders hang down, release your arms, and do not interlock your fingers. Let your hands be upon your thighs, opposite your knees, and let your gaze be toward the place of your prostration. When you bow, align your position in bowing between your feet, making the distance between them about a span. Firmly place your palms upon your knees. Place your right hand on your right knee before the left, and let the tips of your fingers reach the center of the kneecap. Spread your fingers when placing them on your knees, and if the tips of your fingers reach in your bowing, reaching your kneecaps, that suffices you. But what is more beloved to me is that you firmly place your palms on your knees, so that your fingers are upon the center of the kneecap, and you spread them apart. Keep your back straight, stretch your neck, and let your gaze be directed to the space between your feet. When you intend to go into prostration, raise your hands with the takbir and go down into prostration, beginning with your hands, place them on the ground before your knees. Place them together. Do not spread your forearms on the ground like a beast spreads its forearms, and do not place your forearms on your knees or thighs. Rather, raise your elbows outward. Do not press your palms to your knees, nor bring them close to your face, let them be level with your shoulders. Do not place them in front of your knees, but turn them slightly away from that. Spread them flat on the ground and draw them toward yourself in a drawing motion. If there is a cloth beneath them, it does not harm you; but if you place them directly on the earth, that is better. Do not spread your fingers during prostration; rather, keep them joined together.” Imam عليه السلام said: “When you sit in tashahhud, press your knees to the ground and spread them slightly. Let the top of your left foot be on the ground, and the top of your right foot on the sole of your left foot. Your buttocks should be on the ground, and the tip of your right big toe should be on the ground. Beware of sitting on your two feet, for that causes discomfort, and you will not truly be sitting on the ground, it would be as if you are sitting part of your body upon another part, and you will not be able to remain patient in the tashahhud and in supplication.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 89
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ رَجُلٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لَهُ« فَصَلِّ لِرَبِّكَ وَ اِنْحَرْ» قَالَ« اَلنَّحْرُ اَلاِعْتِدَالُ فِي اَلْقِيَامِ أَنْ يُقِيمَ صُلْبَهُ وَ نَحْرَهُ» وَ قَالَ« لاَ تُكَفِّرْ إِنَّمَا يَصْنَعُ ذَلِكَ اَلْمَجُوسُ وَ لاَ تَلَثَّمْ وَ لاَ تَحْتَفِزْ وَ لاَ تُقْعِ عَلَى قَدَمَيْكَ وَ لاَ تَفْتَرِشْ ذِرَاعَيْكَ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Muhammad ibn Yahya, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from Hammad, from Hariz, from a man, from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, who said:
I said to Him عليه السلام regarding the verse: ‘So pray to your Lord and sacrifice”’ (Surah Kawthar 108:2). He عليه السلام said: “The ‘nahr’ (sacrifice) is uprightness in standing, that one straightens his back and his neck.” And Imam عليه السلام said: “Do not place your hands on your hips (takfir), for that is what the Magians do. Do not cover your mouth (talath-thum), do not squat (ihtifaz), do not sit on your feet (iq‘aʾ), and do not spread your forearms on the ground.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 90
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنِ اَلْعَلاَءِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ اَلرَّجُلُ يَضَعُ يَدَهُ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ وَ حَكَى اَلْيُمْنَى عَلَى اَلْيُسْرَى فَقَالَ« ذَلِكَ اَلتَّكْفِيرُ فَلاَ تَفْعَلْ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Safwan, from Fadalah, from al-‘Ala’, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, from one of the two (Imams) (peace be upon them), who said:
I asked (Imam عليه السلام): “A man places his hand in prayer, (and he demonstrated) the right over the left?. Imam عليه السلام said: "That is takfeer (a gesture used by others), so do not do it."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 90
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 183
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا اَلْحَسَنِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ وَ قَدْ سَجَدَ بَعْدَ اَلصَّلاَةِ فَبَسَطَ ذِرَاعَيْهِ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ وَ أَلْصَقَ جُؤْجُؤَهُ بِالْأَرْضِ فِي ثِيَابِهِ
As for what was narrated by Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Ja‘far ibn Ali, who said:
I saw Aba al-Hasan عليه السلام, peace be upon him, and He عليه السلام had performed a prostration after the prayer, and He عليه السلام spread his forearms on the ground and pressed his chest to the ground, while still in his clothes.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 91
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فمخصوص بسجدة الشكر دون السجدة التي هي في الصلاة لان السنة فيها أن يكون الانسان لاطئا بالارض يبين ما ذكرناه ما رواه
So this is specific to the prostration of gratitude (‘Sajdat al-Shukr’), not the prostration that is within the prayer, because the sunnah in that (in the prayer) is that a person should be close to the ground without fully resting on it. What clarifies what we have mentioned is what was narrated:
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ خَاقَانَ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا اَلْحَسَنِ اَلثَّالِثَ عَ سَجَدَ سَجْدَةَ اَلشُّكْرِ فَافْتَرَشَ ذِرَاعَيْهِ وَ أَلْصَقَ صَدْرَهُ وَ بَطْنَهُ فَسَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ ذَلِكَ فَقَالَ« كَذَا يَجِبُ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Yahya ibn Abd al-Rahman ibn Khaqan, who said:
I saw Aba al-Hasan al-Thalith عليه السلام, peace be upon him, perform the prostration of gratitude (‘Sajdat al-Shukr’), and He عليه السلام spread out his forearms and pressed his chest and stomach to the ground. So I asked Him عليه السلام about that, and Imam عليه السلام said: “This is how it should be.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 91
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بَحْرٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ حَدِّ اَلسُّجُودِ قَالَ« مَا بَيْنَ قُصَاصِ اَلشَّعْرِ إِلَى مَوْضِعِ اَلْحَاجِبِ مَا وَضَعْتَ مِنْهُ أَجْزَأَكَ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Abdullah ibn Bahr, from Ibn Udhaynah, from Zurarah, from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the limit of prostration. Imam عليه السلام said: “Whatever part is placed from the area between the hairline and the position of the eyebrows, it suffices you.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 91
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 183
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ اَلرَّجُلُ يَسْجُدُ وَ عَلَيْهِ قَلَنْسُوَةٌ أَوْ عِمَامَةٌ فَقَالَ« إِذَا مَسَّ جَبْهَتُهُ اَلْأَرْضَ فِيمَا بَيْنَ حَاجِبَيْهِ وَ قُصَاصِ شَعْرِهِ فَقَدْ أَجْزَأَ عَنْهُ
And from him, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah, from Zurarah, from one of the two (Imams) (peace be upon them), who said:
I asked (Imam عليه السلام) about a man prostrates while wearing a cap or a turban. Imam عليه السلام said: “If his forehead touches the ground in the area between his eyebrows and the hairline, then it suffices for him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 91
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 183
اَلْحُسَيْنُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنْ مَوْضِعِ جَبْهَةِ اَلسَّاجِدِ أَ يَكُونُ أَرْفَعَ مِنْ مَقَامِهِ فَقَالَ« لاَ وَ لَكِنْ لِيَكُنْ مُسْتَوِياً»
Al-Husayn, from al-Nadr ibn Suwayd, from Abdullah ibn Sinan, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the place of the forehead of the one prostrating, can it be higher than the place where he stands? Imam عليه السلام said: “No, but it should be level.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 91
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 183
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَرْفَعُ مَوْضِعَ جَبْهَتِهِ فِي اَلْمَسْجِدِ فَقَالَ« إِنِّي أُحِبُّ أَنْ أَضَعَ وَجْهِي فِي مَوْضِعِ قَدَمِي وَ كَرِهَهُ»
And from him, from al-Nadr ibn Suwayd, from ‘Asim ibn Humayd, from Abu Basir, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about a man who raises the place of his forehead in the mosque (during prostration). Imam عليه السلام said: “I like to place my face where my feet stand,” and He عليه السلام disliked (raising it).
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 92
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 184
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِهِ عَنْ مُصَادِفٍ قَالَ: خَرَجَ بِي دُمَّلٌ فَكُنْتُ أَسْجُدُ عَلَى جَانِبٍ فَرَأَى أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَثَرَهُ فَقَالَ« مَا هَذَا» فَقُلْتُ لاَ أَسْتَطِيعُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ مِنْ أَجْلِ اَلدُّمَّلِ فَإِنَّمَا أَسْجُدُ مُنْحَرِفاً فَقَالَ لِي« لاَ تَفْعَلْ ذَلِكَ اِحْفِرْ حَفِيرَةً وَ اِجْعَلِ اَلدُّمَّلَ فِي اَلْحَفِيرَةِ حَتَّى تَضَعَ جَبْهَتَكَ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Safwan ibn Yahya, from Ishaq ibn ‘Ammar, from one of his companions, from Musadif, who said:
A boil had appeared on me (forehead), so I was prostrating on one side. Abu Abdillah عليه السلام saw its mark and said: “What is this?” I said: “I cannot prostrate because of the boil, so I prostrate while turned to the side.” Imam عليه السلام said to me: “Do not do that. Dig a small pit and place the boil into the pit so that you may place your forehead on the ground.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 92
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ بِإِسْنَادِهِ قَالَ: سُئِلَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَمَّنْ بِجَبْهَتِهِ عِلَّةٌ لاَ يَقْدِرُ عَلَى اَلسُّجُودِ عَلَيْهَا قَالَ« يَضَعُ ذَقَنَهُ عَلَى اَلْأَرْضِ إِنَّ اَللَّهَ تَعَالَى يَقُولُ« يَخِرُّونَ لِلْأَذْقٰانِ سُجَّداً»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Muhammad, by his chain of narration, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام was asked about someone who has an ailment on his forehead and is unable to prostrate upon it. Imam عليه السلام said: “He should place his chin on the ground, for Allah سبحانه وتعالى the Exalted says: ‘They fall down upon their chins in prostration’.” (Surah Isra 17:107)
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 92
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
والوجه في هاتين الروايتين أن من بجبهته دمل أو ما يجري مجراه إذا استطاع أن يحفر حفيرة ويدعه فيها فليفعل ذلك وإن لم يستطع ذلك ويشتد عليه يسجد على ذقنه على ما تضمنه الخبر الاخير
And the interpretation of these two narrations is that one who has a boil or something similar on his forehead, if he is able to dig a small pit and place it in there, then he should do so. But if he is not able to do that and it becomes too difficult for him, then he should prostrate on his chin, as the last narration indicates.
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ أَبَانٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَسْجُدُ وَ عَلَيْهِ اَلْعِمَامَةُ لاَ تُصِيبُ جَبْهَتُهُ اَلْأَرْضَ قَالَ« لاَ يُجْزِيهِ ذَلِكَ حَتَّى تَصِلَ جَبْهَتُهُ إِلَى اَلْأَرْضِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Muhammad ibn Yahya, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Fadalah, from Aban, from Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Abdillah, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about a man who prostrates while wearing a turban, such that his forehead does not touch the ground. Imam عليه السلام said: “That does not suffice him until his forehead reaches the ground.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 92
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا قُمْتَ مِنَ اَلسُّجُودِ قُلْتَ اَللَّهُمَّ رَبِّي بِحَوْلِكَ وَ قُوَّتِكَ أَقُومُ وَ أَقْعُدُ وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ قُلْتَ وَ أَرْكَعُ وَ أَسْجُدُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from al-Nadr ibn Suwayd, from Abdullah ibn Sinan:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you rise from prostration, say: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, my Lord عز وجل, by Your عز وجل power and strength I rise and I sit.’ And if you wish, you may also say: ‘…and I bow and I prostrate.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 92
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 184
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا قَامَ اَلرَّجُلُ مِنَ اَلسُّجُودِ قَالَ بِحَوْلِ اَللَّهِ أَقُومُ وَ أَقْعُدُ»
And from him, from Hammad, from Hariz, from Muhammad ibn Muslim: Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When a man rises from prostration, he says: ‘Bi-hawli Allahi aqumu wa aq‘udu’ (By the power of Allah سبحانه وتعالى I rise and I sit).’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 93
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 184
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ أَبِي خَلَفٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يُجْزِيكَ فِي اَلْقُنُوتِ اَللَّهُمَّ اِغْفِرْ لَنَا وَ اِرْحَمْنَا وَ عَافِنَا وَ اُعْفُ عَنَّا فِي اَلدُّنْيَا وَ اَلْآخِرَةِ« إِنَّكَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Sa‘d ibn Abi Khala:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It suffices you in qunut to say: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, forgive us, have mercy on us, grant us well-being, and pardon us in this world and the Hereafter. Indeed, You عز وجل have power over all things.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 93
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وكان الشيخ رحمه الله ذكر في الكتاب انه يرفع يديه للقنوت بغير التكبير والافضل عندي أن يرفعهما بالتكبير والذي يدل على ذلك
And Shaykh (al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, mentioned in the book that one raises his hands for qunut without a takbir. However, what is preferable in my view is that he raises them with a takbir. And what indicates this is:
مَا رَوَاهُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَ قَالَ:« اَلتَّكْبِيرُ فِي صَلاَةِ اَلْفَرْضِ فِي اَلْخَمْسِ اَلصَّلَوَاتِ خَمْسٌ وَ تِسْعُونَ تَكْبِيرَةً مِنْهَا تَكْبِيرَةُ اَلْقُنُوتِ خَمْسٌ»
What was narrated by Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The takbir in the obligatory prayer, in the five daily prayers, is ninety-five takbirs, among them are five takbirs of qunut.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 93
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ:« وَ فَسَّرَهُنَّ فِي اَلظُّهْرِ إِحْدَى وَ عِشْرُونَ تَكْبِيرَةً وَ فِي اَلْعَصْرِ إِحْدَى وَ عِشْرُونَ تَكْبِيرَةً وَ فِي اَلْمَغْرِبِ سِتَّ عَشْرَةَ تَكْبِيرَةً وَ فِي اَلْعِشَاءِ اَلْآخِرَةِ إِحْدَى وَ عِشْرُونَ تَكْبِيرَةً وَ فِي اَلْفَجْرِ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ تَكْبِيرَةً وَ خَمْسُ تَكْبِيرَاتِ اَلْقُنُوتِ فِي خَمْسِ صَلَوَاتٍُ»
And from him, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Abdullah ibn al-Mughirah:
Imam عليه السلام explained the (takbirs) as follows; In Dhuhr, twenty-one takbirs; in ‘Asr, twenty-one takbirs; in Maghrib, sixteen takbirs; in the last Isha, twenty-one takbirs; and in Fajr, eleven takbirs; and five takbirs of qunut in the five prayers.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 93
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُمَرَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ عَنِ اَلصَّبَّاحِ اَلْمُزَنِيِّ قَالَ قَالَ أَمِيرُ اَلْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« خَمْسٌ وَ تِسْعُونَ تَكْبِيرَةً فِي اَلْيَوْمِ وَ اَللَّيْلَةِ لِلصَّلَوَاتِ مِنْهَا تَكْبِيرَةُ اَلْقُنُوتِ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from Musa ibn ‘Umar, from Abdullah ibn al-Mughirah, from al-Sabbah al-Muzani, who said
Commander of the Faithful, (Imam Ali ibn Abi Talib عليه السلام), peace be upon him, said: “Ninety-five takbirs are (prescribed) in the day and night for the prayers, among them is the takbir of qunut.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 93
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فتضمنت هذه الاخبار ذكر التكبير مضافا الى القنوت على سبيل الجملة وعلى طريق التفصيل وتضمنت ايضا عدد التكبيرات خمسا وتسعين تكبيرة ولو لم يكن في القنوت تكبير لكان التكبيرات تسعين تكبيرة وليس لاحد أن يقول اني أحمل ما زاد على التسعين تكبيرة على انه إذا نهض المصلى من التشهد الاول الى الثالثة يقوم بتكبيرة لامور أحدها انه ليس كالصلوات فيها نهوض من الثانية إلى الثالثة وإنما هو موجود في أربعة صلوات فلو كان المراد به ذلك لكان يقول اربعا وتسعين تكبيرة والثاني ان الحديث المفصل تضمن ذكر احدى عشرة تكبيرة في صلاة الغداة وتكبيرة القنوت مضافة إليها ولو كان الامر على ما قالوه لكان التكبير فيها احدى عشرة تكبيرة فقط والثالث انه قد وردت روايات كثيرة بانه ينبغي أن يقوم الانسان من التشهد الاول إلى الثالثة بقوله بحول الله وقوته أقوم وأقعد فلو كان يجب القيام بالتكبير لكان يقول ثم يكبر ويقوم الى الثالثة كما انهم لما ذكروا الركوع والسجود قالوا ثم يكبر ويركع ويكبر ويسجد ويرفع رأسه من السجود ويكبر فلو كان هاهنا تكبير لكان يقول مثل ذلك والذي روى ما ذكرناه
So these reports included the mention of ‘takbir’ along with ‘qunut’, both in general terms and in detailed enumeration. They also included the number of ‘takbirs’ as ninety-five. And if there were no ‘takbir’ in the ‘qunut’, then the ‘takbirs’ would have been ninety only. No one has the right to say; “I interpret the number beyond ninety as referring to the ‘takbir’ when the worshiper rises from the first ‘tashahhud’ to the third rak‘ah.” For several reasons: First; This situation does not apply to all prayers, only in four of them is there a rising from the second to the third rak‘ah. If that had been intended, the narration would have said: ninety-four ‘takbirs’. Second; The detailed narration explicitly mentions eleven ‘takbirs’ in the morning (‘Ghada’) prayer, and the ‘takbir’ of ‘qunut’ is included among them. If the matter were as they claim, there would have only been eleven ‘takbirs’ in total. Third; There are many narrations which state that a person should rise from the first ‘tashahhud’ to the third rak‘ah saying: ‘By the power and strength of Allah سبحانه وتعالى I rise and I sit.’ Had it been obligatory to rise with ‘takbir’, the narration would have said: “Then he says the ‘takbir’ and rises to the third,” just as when they mention bowing and prostrating, they say: “Then he says ‘takbir’ and bows,” and “he says ‘takbir’ and prostrates,” and “he raises his head from prostration and says ‘takbir’.” If there were a ‘takbir’ here as well, it would have been stated in the same manner. And the one who narrated what we have mentioned is:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا جَلَسْتَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأُولَيَيْنِ فَتَشَهَّدْتَ ثُمَّ قُمْتَ فَقُلْ بِحَوْلِ اَللَّهِ وَ قُوَّتِهِ أَقُومُ وَ أَقْعُدُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Hariz, from Muhammad ibn Muslim:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you sit after the first two rak‘ahs and recite the tashahhud, then stand, say: ‘Bi-hawli Allahi aqumu wa aq‘udu’ (By the power and strength of Allah سبحانه وتعالى I rise and I sit.)”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 94
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 184
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ مُوسَى قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:« كَانَ عَلِيٌّ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِذَا نَهَضَ مِنَ اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأُولَيَيْنِ قَالَ« بِحَوْلِكَ وَ قُوَّتِكَ أَقُومُ وَ أَقْعُدُ»»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Rifa‘ah ibn Musa, who said:
I heard Abu Abdillah عليه السلام say: “When (Imam) Ali عليه السلام, peace be upon him, would rise from the first two rak‘ahs, He عليه السلام would say: ‘Bi-hawli Allahi aqumu wa aq‘udu’ (By the power and strength of Allah سبحانه وتعالى I rise and I sit.)”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 94
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 184
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ سَيْفٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ اَلْحَضْرَمِيِّ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« إِذَا قُمْتَ مِنَ اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فَاعْتَمِدْ عَلَى كَفَّيْكَ وَ قُلْ بِحَوْلِ اَللَّهِ أَقُومُ وَ أَقْعُدُ فَإِنَّ عَلِيّاً عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ كَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Sayf, from Abu Bakr al-Hadrami, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you rise from the two rak‘ahs, lean on your palms and say: ‘Bi-hawli Allahi aqumu wa aq‘udu’ (By the power and strength of Allah سبحانه وتعالى I rise and I sit.) for indeed (Imam) Ali عليه السلام, peace be upon him, used to do that.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 94
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 184
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ اَلْجَمَّالِ قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَيَّاماً فَكَانَ يَقْنُتُ فِي كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ يُجْهَرُ فِيهَا أَوْلاَ يُجْهَرُ فِيهَا
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Ibn Abi Najran, from Safwan al-Jammal, who said:
I prayed behind Abu Abdillah عليه السلام for several days, and He عليه السلام would perform ‘qunut’ in every prayer, whether it was one in which the recitation was audible or not.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 95
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 184
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلْقُنُوتُ فِي كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ قَبْلَ اَلرُّكُوعِ»
And from him, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah, from Zurarah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “Qunut is in every prayer, in the second rak‘ah, before bowing.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 95
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 185
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ وَ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلْقُنُوتِ فِي اَلصَّلَوَاتِ اَلْخَمْسِ جَمِيعاً فَقَالَ« اُقْنُتْ فِيهِنَّ جَمِيعاً» قَالَ فَسَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ بَعْدُ عَنْ ذَلِكَ فَقَالَ« أَمَّا مَا جَهَرْتَ فِيهِ فَلاَ تَشُكَّ»
And from him, from Safwan and Ibn Abi Umayr, from Abdullah ibn Bukayr, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said:
I asked Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about ‘qunut’ in all five prayers. Imam عليه السلام said: “Perform ‘qunut’ in all of them.” He (Muhammad ibn Muslim) said: “Then I later asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about that, and Imam عليه السلام said: “As for the prayers in which you recite aloud, do not have any doubt about it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 95
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 185
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنِ اِبْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلْقُنُوتُ فِي اَلْمَغْرِبِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ وَ فِي اَلْعِشَاءِ وَ اَلْغَدَاةِ مِثْلُ ذَلِكَ وَ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّالِثَةِ»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Ibn Sinan:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Qunut in Maghrib is in the second rak‘ah, and in Isha and Ghadah (Fajr) it is the same. And in Witr it is in the third rak‘ah.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 95
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ عَنْ زُرْعَةَ عَنْ سَمَاعَةَ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلْقُنُوتِ فِي أَيِّ صَلاَةٍ هُوَ فَقَالَ« كُلُّ شَيْءٍ يُجْهَرُ فِيهِ بِالْقِرَاءَةِ فِيهِ قُنُوتٌ وَ اَلْقُنُوتُ قَبْلَ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ بَعْدَ اَلْقِرَاءَةِ»
And from him, from al-Hasan, from Zur‘ah, from Sama‘ah, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about ‘qunut’, about which prayer is it in? Imam عليه السلام said: “Every prayer in which the recitation is done aloud has ‘qunut’ in it, and ‘qunut’ is before bowing and after the recitation.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 95
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ اَلْخَزَّازِ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلَهُ بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِنَا وَ أَنَا عِنْدَهُ عَنِ اَلْقُنُوتِ فِي اَلْجُمُعَةِ فَقَالَ لَهُ« فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ» فَقَالَ لَهُ قَدْ حَدَّثَنَا بِهِ بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِنَا أَنَّكَ قُلْتَ لَهُ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلْأُولَى فَقَالَ« فِي اَلْأَخِيرَةِ» فَلَمَّا رَأَى غَفْلَةً مِنْهُ فَقَالَ« يَا أَبَا مُحَمَّدٍ فِي اَلْأُولَى وَ اَلْأَخِيرَةِ» فَقَالَ أَبُو بَصِيرٍ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ أَ قَبْلَ اَلرُّكُوعِ أَوْ بَعْدَهُ فَقَالَ لَهُ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ« كُلُّ قُنُوتٍ قَبْلَ اَلرُّكُوعِ إِلاَّ اَلْجُمُعَةَ فَإِنَّ اَلرَّكْعَةَ اَلْأُولَى فِيهَا قَبْلَ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلْأَخِيرَةَ بَعْدَ اَلرُّكُوعِ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Abu Ayyub al-Khazzaz, from Abu Basir, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, who said:
One of our companions asked Him عليه السلام, and I (Abu Basir) was present, about ‘qunut’ in the Friday prayer. Imam عليه السلام said to him: “In the second rak‘ah.” So the man said to Him عليه السلام: “One of our companions narrated to us that you told him it is in the first rak‘ah.” Imam عليه السلام said: “In the last.” Then, when He عليه السلام saw that the man was confused, Imam عليه السلام said: “O Aba Muhammad, (it is) in both the first and the last.” Then Abu Basir asked after that: “Is it before the bowing or after it?” So Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Every ‘qunut’ is before bowing, except in Friday prayer: in the first rak‘ah it is before bowing, and in the last it is after bowing.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 95
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنِ اِبْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ وَهْبٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلْقُنُوتُ فِي اَلْجُمُعَةِ وَاَلْعِشَاءِ وَاَلْعَتَمَةِ وَاَلْوَتْرِ وَ اَلْغَدَاةِ فَمَنْ تَرَكَ اَلْقُنُوتَ رَغْبَةً عَنْهُ فَلاَ صَلاَةَ لَهُ»
And from him, from Ibn Udhaynah, from Wahb:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Qunut is in Friday prayer, Isha, ‘Atamah (night prayer), Witr, and Ghadah (Fajr). Whoever abandons qunut out of aversion to it, then he has no prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 96
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 185
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ فَضَّالٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «اَلْقُنُوتُ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي اَلتَّطَوُّعِ وَ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ» قَالَ اَلْحَسَنُ وَ أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ اَللَّهِ بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: قَالَ« اَلْقُنُوتُ فِي كُلِّ اَلصَّلَوَاتِ» قَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ فَذَكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَقَالَ« أَمَّا مَا لاَ يُشَكُّ فِيهِ فَمَا جُهِرَ فِيهِ بِالْقِرَاءَةِ»
And from him, from al-Hasan ibn Ali ibn Faddal, from Abdullah ibn Bukayr, from Muhammad ibn Muslim:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “Qunut is in every two rak‘ahs, in supererogatory (nafl) and obligatory prayers.” Al-Hasan said: “And Abdullah ibn Bukayr informed me from Zurarah, from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “Qunut is in all prayers.” Muhammad ibn Muslim said: “So I mentioned that to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, and Imam عليه السلام said: “As for that in which there is no doubt, it is what is recited aloud.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 96
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
إنما خص عليه السلام في هذا الخبر وفي غيره مما تقدم من الاخبار الصلوات التي يجهر فيها بالقراءة تأكيدا للفضل وزيادة للثواب دون أن يكون حظرا فيما عداها بدلالة ما أوردناه من عموم الالفاظ مثل قَوْلِهِمْ عَلَيْهِمُ اَلسَّلاَمُ: اَلْقُنُوتُ فِي كُلِّ اَلصَّلَوَاتِ. قَوْلِهِمْ:« فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ وَ اَلنَّافِلَةِ» وكذلك ما روي من الاخبار التي تتضمن نفي القنوت مثل ما رواه
He عليه السلام, peace be upon him, specified in this narration, and in other previously mentioned narrations, the prayers in which the recitation is aloud, to emphasize their merit and to increase the reward, not to prohibit ‘qunut’ in the others. This is evident from what we have presented of general wordings, such as: Their saying (peace be upon them): ‘Qunut is in all prayers.’ And their saying: ‘In every two rak‘ahs, of obligatory and supererogatory (prayers).’ Likewise, there are narrations that appear to indicate the negation of qunut, such as what was narrated:
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ جَمِيلِ بْنِ صَالِحٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلْمَلِكِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلْقُنُوتِ قَبْلَ اَلرُّكُوعِ أَوْ بَعْدَهُ قَالَ« لاَ قَبْلَهُ وَ لاَ بَعْدَهُ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Jamil ibn Salih, from Abd al-Malik ibn ‘Amr, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about ‘qunut’, is it before bowing or after? Imam عليه السلام said: “Neither before it nor after it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 96
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْبَرْقِيِّ عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ اَلْأَشْعَرِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ اَلرِّضَا عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلْقُنُوتِ هَلْ يُقْنَتُ فِي اَلصَّلَوَاتِ كُلِّهَا أَمْ فِيمَا يُجْهَرُ فِيهَا بِالْقِرَاءَةِ قَالَ« لَيْسَ اَلْقُنُوتُ إِلاَّ فِي اَلْغَدَاةِ وَ اَلْجُمُعَةِ وَ اَلْوَتْرِ وَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ».
And from him, from al-Barqi, from Sa‘d ibn Sa‘d al-Ash‘ari, from Abu al-Hasan al-Ridha عليه السلام, peace be upon him, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about ‘qunut’, is ‘qunut’ performed in all the prayers, or only in those in which the recitation is audible? Imam عليه السلام said: “Qunut is only in Ghadah (Fajr), Jumu‘ah (Friday prayer), Witr, and Maghrib.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 97
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ فَضَّالٍ عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ يَعْقُوبَ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلْقُنُوتِ فِي أَيِّ اَلصَّلَوَاتِ أَقْنُتُ فَقَالَ« لاَ تَقْنُتْ إِلاَّ فِي اَلْفَجْرِ»
Sa‘d ibn Abdullah narrated from Abu Ja‘far, from al-Hasan ibn Ali ibn Faddal, from Yunus ibn Ya‘qub, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: In which prayers should I perform ‘qunut’? Imam عليه السلام said: “Do not perform ‘qunut’ except in Fajr.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 97
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فانما يتضمن نفي الفضل وتأكيد الندب الذى ثبت في غيرها من الصلوات التي يجهر فيها ثم بعد ذلك في الفرايض لان القنوت في هذه الصلوات مترتب في الفضل غير منساق على وجه واحد ويجوز أن يكون نفوا عن بعض الصلوات وخصوا به بعضا لضرب من التقية والاستصلاح والذي يكشف عن ذلك ما رواه
So this only entails the negation of merit and an emphasis on the recommended nature (of qunut) which has been established in the other prayers in which recitation is done aloud, and then after that in the obligatory prayers, because ‘qunut’ in these prayers varies in terms of merit and is not uniformly applied in the same manner. It is also possible that they negated it in some prayers and specified it in others due to a kind of ‘taqiyyah’ (precautionary dissimulation) and consideration of public interest. What clarifies this is what was narrated:
عَلِيُّ بْنُ مَهْزِيَارَ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي نَصْرٍ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ اَلرِّضَا عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فِي اَلْقُنُوتِ:« إِنْ شِئْتَ فَاقْنُتْ وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ لاَ تَقْنُتْ» قَالَ أَبُو اَلْحَسَنِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« وَ إِذَا كَانَتِ اَلتَّقِيَّةُ فَلاَ تَقْنُتْ وَ أَنَا أَتَقَلَّدُ هَذَا»
Ali ibn Mahziyar, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Nasr, from Abu al-Hasan al-Ridha عليه السلام, peace be upon him, who said:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said regarding ‘qunut’: “If you wish, then perform qunut; and if you wish, do not perform it.” Abu al-Hasan عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: ‘And when there is taqiyyah (precautionary dissimulation), then do not perform qunut, and I adhere to this.’
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 97
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 185
ويدل عليه ايضا ما رواه
And this is also indicated by what was narrated:
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ فَضَّالٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلْقُنُوتِ فَقَالَ« فِيمَا تَجْهَرُ فِيهِ بِالْقِرَاءَةِ» قَالَ فَقُلْتُ إِنِّي سَأَلْتُ أَبَاكَ عَنْ ذَلِكَ فَقَالَ« فِي اَلْخَمْسِ كُلِّهَا» فَقَالَ« رَحِمَ اَللَّهُ أَبِي إِنَّ أَصْحَابَ أَبِي أَتَوْهُ فَسَأَلُوهُ فَأَخْبَرَهُمْ بِالْحَقِّ ثُمَّ أَتَوْنِي شُكَّاكاً فَأَفْتَيْتُهُمْ بِالتَّقِيَّةِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Ibn Faddal, from Ibn Bukayr, from Abu Basir, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about ‘qunut’. Imam عليه السلام said: “In that which you recite aloud.” So I said: “I asked your father عليه السلام about that, and Imam عليه السلام said: ‘In all five prayers.’” Imam عليه السلام said: “May Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on my father عليه السلام. The companions of my father عليه السلام came to him and asked him, so He عليه السلام informed them of the truth. Then they came to me full of doubts, so I gave them a ruling based on ‘taqiyyah’ (precautionary dissimulation).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 97
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
سَعْدٌ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ قَالَ حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو اَلْقَاسِمِ مُعَاوِيَةُ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ أَبِي سَمَّاكٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ قَالَ لِي: فِي قُنُوتِ اَلْوَتْرِ« اَللَّهُمَّ اِغْفِرْ لَنَا وَ اِرْحَمْنَا وَ عَافِنَا وَ اُعْفُ عَنَّا فِي اَلدُّنْيَا وَ اَلْآخِرَةِ» وَ قَالَ« يُجْزِي مِنَ اَلْقُنُوتِ ثَلاَثُ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ»
Sa‘d, from Abu Ja‘far, from his father, from Abdullah ibn al-Mughirah, who said: Abu al-Qasim Mu‘awiyah narrated to me from Abu Bakr ibn Abi Sammak, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, who said:
Imam عليه السلام said to me regarding the ‘qunut’ of ‘witr’: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, forgive us, have mercy on us, grant us well-being, and pardon us in this world and the Hereafter.‘ And Imam عليه السلام said: ‘Three tasbihat suffice for qunut.”’
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 98
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 185
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْجَوْهَرِيِّ عَنْ أَبَانِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ اَلْجُعْفِيِّ وَمَعْمَرِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلْقُنُوتُ قَبْلَ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ فَبَعْدَهُ»
As for what was narrated by al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from al-Qasim ibn Muhammad al-Jawhari, from Aban ibn ‘Uthman, from Isma‘il al-Ju‘fi and Ma‘mar ibn Yahya:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام said: “Qunut is before bowing, and if you wish, then after it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 98
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قوله وان شئت فبعده محمول على حال القضاء أو التقية على مذهب بعض العامة في صلاة الغداة
His عليه السلام statement: ‘And if you wish, then after it’ is to be understood as referring to a situation of making up (missed prayer) or due to ‘taqiyyah’ (precautionary dissimulation), according to the school of thought of some among the general populace regarding the Fajr prayer.
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اَللَّهِ بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلْمَلِكِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو اَلْأَحْوَلِ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلتَّشَهُّدُ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأُولَيَيْنِ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَهُ وَ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّداً عَبْدُهُ وَ رَسُولُهُ اَللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ تَقَبَّلْ شَفَاعَتَهُ فِي أُمَّتِهِ وَ اِرْفَعْ دَرَجَتَهُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Safwan: Abdullah ibn Bukayr narrated to us from Abd al-Malik ibn ‘Amr al-Ahwal:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The ‘tashahhud’ in the first two rak‘ahs is: ‘Alhamdu lillah ashhadu an la ilaha illa Allah wahdahu la sharika lah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan abduhu wa rasuluh Allahumma salli ala Muhammad wa Aali Muhammad wa taqabbal shafaatahu fi ummatih wa irfa darajatah’ (I bear witness that there is no god but Allah سبحانه وتعالى, alone, without partner, and I bear witness that Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم is His servant and messenger. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and accept His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم intercession on behalf of His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم nation, and raise His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم rank.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 98
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 186
قال محمد بن الحسن التسليم في الصلاة على أربعة أضرب إذا كان الرجل إماما يسلم تسليمة واحدة وإن كان مأموما ولم يكن عن شماله أحد يسلم واحدة أيضا وإن كان عن شماله انسان يسلم تسليمتين وإن كان منفردا يسلم تسليمة واحدة يدل على ذلك ما رواه
Muhammad ibn al-Hasan said: “The ‘taslim’ (salutation) in prayer is of four types; If a man is an ‘imam’, he says one ‘taslim’. If he is a ‘follower (ma’mum)’ and there is no one on his left, he also says one ‘taslim’. If there is someone on his left, he says ‘two taslims’. If he is praying ‘alone’, he says ‘one taslim’. What indicates this is:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ اَلْخَزَّازِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلْحَمِيدِ بْنِ عَوَّاضٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِنْ كُنْتَ تَؤُمُّ قَوْماً أَجْزَأَكَ تَسْلِيمَةٌ وَاحِدَةٌ عَنْ يَمِينِكَ وَ إِنْ كُنْتَ مَعَ إِمَامٍ فَتَسْلِيمَتَيْنِ وَ إِنْ كُنْتَ وَحْدَكَ فَوَاحِدَةً مُسْتَقْبِلَ اَلْقِبْلَةِ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Ibrahim al-Khazzaz, from Abd al-Hamid ibn ‘Awwad:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “If you are leading a group in prayer, one ‘taslim’ to your right suffices. If you are praying behind an imam, then (you do) two ‘taslims’. And if you are alone, then one ‘taslim’ facing the qiblah suffices.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 98
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« اَلْإِمَامُ يُسَلِّمُ وَاحِدَةً وَمَنْ وَرَاءَهُ يُسَلِّمُ اِثْنَتَيْنِ فَإِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ أَحَدٌ سَلَّمَ وَاحِدَةً»
And from him, from Safwan, from Mansur, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The imam says one ‘taslim’, and those behind him say two ‘taslims’. But if there is no one on his left, then he says one ‘taslim’.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 98
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ عَنْبَسَةَ بْنِ مُصْعَبٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنْ رَجُلٍ يَقُومُ فِي اَلصَّفِّ خَلْفَ اَلْإِمَامِ وَ لَيْسَ عَلَى يَسَارِهِ أَحَدٌ كَيْفَ يُسَلِّمُ قَالَ« تَسْلِيمَةً عَنْ يَمِينِهِ»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Husayn, from Ibn Muskan, from ‘Anbasah ibn Mus‘ab, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about a man standing in the row behind the imam and there is no one on his left, how should he perform the ‘taslim’? Imam عليه السلام said: “One ‘taslim’ to his right.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 99
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ وَ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ وَ مَعْمَرِ بْنِ يَحْيَى وَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يُسَلِّمُ تَسْلِيمَةً وَاحِدَةً إِمَاماً كَانَ أَوْ غَيْرَهُ»
As for what was narrated by al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah, from Zurarah, and Muhammad ibn Muslim, and Ma‘mar ibn Yahya, and Isma‘il:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “He performs one ‘taslim’, whether he is an imam or not.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 99
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 186
فمحمول على ما قدمناه وهو أنه إذا كان المأموم ليس على يساره احد والذي يكشف ايضا عما ذكرنا ما رواه
So this is to be understood according to what we have previously mentioned, that is, when the follower (‘ma’mum’) has no one on his left. What further clarifies what we have said is what was narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا كُنْتَ إِمَاماً فَإِنَّمَا اَلتَّسْلِيمُ أَنْ تُسَلِّمَ عَلَى اَلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ وَتَقُولَ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اَللَّهِ اَلصَّالِحِينَ فَإِذَا قُلْتَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدِ اِنْقَطَعَتِ اَلصَّلاَةُ ثُمَّ تُؤْذِنُ اَلْقَوْمَ فَتَقُولُ وَ أَنْتَ مُسْتَقْبِلُ اَلْقِبْلَةَ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَ كَذَلِكَ إِذَا كُنْتَ وَحْدَكَ تَقُولُ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَ عَلَى عِبَادِ اَللَّهِ اَلصَّالِحِينَ مِثْلَ مَا سَلَّمْتَ وَ أَنْتَ إِمَامٌ فَإِذَا كُنْتَ فِي جَمَاعَةٍ فَقُلْ مِثْلَ مَا قُلْتَ وَ سَلِّمْ عَلَى مَنْ عَلَى يَمِينِكَ وَ شِمَالِكَ فَإِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ عَلَى شِمَالِكَ أَحَدٌ فَسَلِّمْ عَلَى اَلَّذِينَ عَلَى يَمِينِكَ وَ لاَ تَدَعِ اَلتَّسْلِيمَ عَلَى يَمِينِكَ إِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ عَلَى شِمَالِكَ أَحَدٌ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Muhammad ibn Sinan, from Ibn Muskan, from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “If you are an imam, then the ‘taslim’ is that you send salam upon the Prophet (peace be upon him and his family) and say: ‘Peace be upon us and upon the righteous servants of Allah سبحانه وتعالى.’ Once you say that, the prayer has ended. Then you inform the people by saying, while facing the qiblah, ‘Peace be upon you.’ And likewise, if you are praying alone, you say: ‘Peace be upon us and upon the righteous servants of Allah سبحانه وتعالى ‘ just as you would say if you were the imam. But if you are in a congregation, then say what you have said, and send salam upon those on your right and your left. If there is no one on your left, then send salam upon those on your right, and do not omit sending ‘taslim’ to your right even if there is no one on your left.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 99
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 186
قال الشيخ رحمه الله ثم يسجد سجدتي الشكر إلى قوله ويستحب التوجه بسبع تكبيرات في سبع صلوات فسنذكره فيما بعد عند تعقيب صلاة الفريضة ثم قال رحمه الله ويستحب التوجه بسبع تكبيرات في سبع صلوات إلى قوله والمرأة تتضمم في صلاتها ذكر ذلك علي بن الحسين بن بابويه في رسالته ولم أجد به خبرا مسندا وتفصيلها ما ذكره أول كل فريضة وأول ركعة من صلاة الليل وفى المفردة من الوتر وفي أول ركعة من ركعتي الزوال في أول ركعة من نوافل المغرب وفي أول ركعة من ركعتي الاحرام فهذه الستة مواضع ذكرها علي بن الحسين وزاد الشيخ في الوتيرة قال الشيخ رحمه الله والمرأة تتضمم في صلاتها إلى قوله فإذا فرغ المصلي من ثمان ركعات
Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: “Then he performs the two prostrations of gratitude” up to his words: “And it is recommended to begin with seven ‘takbirs’ in seven prayers”. We will mention this later when discussing the ‘ta‘qib’ (post-prayer supplication) of the obligatory prayer. Then he (al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, said: “And it is recommended to begin with seven ‘takbirs’ in seven prayers” up to his statement: “And the woman gathers herself (tucks in) during her prayer”, this was mentioned by Ali ibn al-Husayn ibn Babawayh in his treatise, but I have not found a reliably transmitted narration regarding it.’ Its detail is as follows, the seven places mentioned by Ali ibn al-Husayn are: 1. At the beginning of each obligatory prayer. 2. At the first rak‘ah of the night prayer (‘salat al-layl’). 3. In the single rak‘ah of ‘witr’ (in the optional night prayer). 4. In the first rak‘ah of the two rak‘ahs before ‘zawal’ (midday). 5. In the first rak‘ah of the ‘nawafil’ (supererogatory prayers) after Maghrib. 6. In the first rak‘ah of the two rak‘ahs of ‘ihram’ (entering the state of prayer for ‘hajj’ or ‘umrah’). These six positions were mentioned by Ali ibn al-Husayn, and Shaykh added a seventh in the ‘wutayrah’ (two rak‘ahs after Isha). Then Shaykh (al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, said: “And the woman gathers herself in her prayer” up to his statement: “When the one praying finishes the eight rak‘ahs…”.
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ:« إِذَا قَامَتِ اَلْمَرْأَةُ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ جَمَعَتْ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْهَا وَ لاَ تُفَرِّجُ بَيْنَهُمَا وَ تَضُمُّ يَدَيْهَا إِلَى صَدْرِهَا لِمَكَانِ ثَدْيَيْهَا فَإِذَا رَكَعَتْ وَضَعَتْ يَدَيْهَا فَوْقَ رُكْبَتَيْهَا عَلَى فَخِذَيْهَا لِئَلاَّ تَطَأْطَأَ كَثِيراً فَتَرْتَفِعَ عَجِيزَتُهَا فَإِذَا جَلَسَتْ فَعَلَى أَلْيَتَيْهَا كَمَا يَقْعُدُ اَلرَّجُلُ فَإِذَا سَقَطَتْ لِلسُّجُودِ بَدَأَتْ بِالْقُعُودِ وَ بِالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ اَلْيَدَيْنِ ثُمَّ تَسْجُدُ لاَطِئَةً بِالْأَرْضِ فَإِذَا كَانَتْ فِي جُلُوسِهَا ضَمَّتْ فَخِذَيْهَا وَ رَفَعَتْ رُكْبَتَيْهَا مِنَ اَلْأَرْضِ فَإِذَا نَهَضَتْ اِنْسَلَّتْ اِنْسِلاَلاً لاَ تَرْفَعُ عَجِيزَتَهَا أَوَّلاً»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Hammad, from Hariz, from Zurarah:
(It was said) “When a woman stands for prayer, she joins her feet together and does not spread them apart, and she brings her hands close to her chest due to the presence of her breasts. When she bows, she places her hands above her knees, on her thighs, so that she does not bend too much and raise her backside. When she sits, she sits on her buttocks as a man does. When she moves into prostration, she begins by sitting and placing her knees down before her hands. Then she prostrates closely to the ground. When she is in her sitting posture, she brings her thighs together and lifts her knees off the ground. When she rises, she rises smoothly, without first lifting her backside.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 100
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي يَعْفُورٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «إِذَا سَجَدَتِ اَلْمَرْأَةُ بَسَطَتْ ذِرَاعَيْهَا»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Uthman ibn ‘Isa, from Ibn Muskan, from Ibn Abi Ya‘fur:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When a woman prostrates, she spreads her forearms.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 101
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 186
عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ أَبَانٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ جُلُوسِ اَلْمَرْأَةِ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ قَالَ« تَضُمُّ فَخِذَيْهَا»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Aban, from Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Abdillah, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the sitting posture of a woman in prayer. Imam عليه السلام said: “She brings her thighs together.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 101
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ فَضَّالٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِنَا قَالَ: «اَلْمَرْأَةُ إِذَا سَجَدَتْ تَضَمَّمَتْ وَ اَلرَّجُلُ إِذَا سَجَدَ تَفَتَّحَ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Muhammad ibn Yahya, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from Ibn Faddal, from Ibn Bukayr, from one of our companions:
(It was said): “When a woman prostrates, she gathers herself (draws herself in), and when a man prostrates, he spreads himself out.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 101
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال الشيخ رحمه الله فإذا فرغ المصلي من ثمان ركعات الزوال على ما بيناه فليؤذن للظهر إلى قوله فإذا سلم فليرفع يديه حيال وجهه فقد مضى شرحه كله إلا ما ذكره من اختيار القراءة بالسور القصار في صلاة الظهر ويدل على ذلك ما رواه
Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: “When the one praying finishes the eight rak‘ahs of the ‘zawal’ (midday nawafil) as we have explained, let him then call the adhan for Dhuhr” up to his statement: “When he says the salam, let him raise his hands in front of his face.” Its explanation has already been covered in full, except for what he mentioned regarding the preference of reciting the short surahs (‘al-suwar al-qisar’) in the Dhuhr prayer. And this is supported by what was narrated:
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ اَلْخَزَّازِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلْقِرَاءَةُ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ فِيهَا شَيْءٌ مُوَقَّتٌ قَالَ« لاَ إِلاَّ اَلْجُمُعَةَ تُقْرَأُ بِالْجُمُعَةِ وَ اَلْمُنَافِقِينَ» قُلْتُ لَهُ فَأَيُّ اَلسُّوَرِ تُقْرَأُ فِي اَلصَّلَوَاتِ قَالَ« أَمَّا اَلظُّهْرُ وَ اَلْعِشَاءُ اَلْآخِرَةُ تُقْرَأُ فِيهِمَا سَوَاءً وَ اَلْعَصْرُ وَ اَلْمَغْرِبُ سَوَاءً وَ أَمَّا اَلْغَدَاةُ فَأَطْوَلُ وَ أَمَّا اَلظُّهْرُ وَ اَلْعِشَاءُ اَلْآخِرَةُ فَ«سَبِّحِ اِسْمَ رَبِّكَ اَلْأَعْلَى» وَ «اَلشَّمْسِ وَ ضُحٰاهٰا» وَ نَحْوُهُمَا وَ أَمَّا اَلْعَصْرُ وَ اَلْمَغْرِبُ فَ«إِذٰا جٰاءَ نَصْرُ اَللّٰهِ» وَ «أَلْهٰاكُمُ اَلتَّكٰاثُرُ» وَ نَحْوُهُمَا وَ أَمَّا اَلْغَدَاةُ فَ«عَمَّ يَتَسٰاءَلُونَ» وَ «هَلْ أَتٰاكَ حَدِيثُ اَلْغٰاشِيَةِ» وَ« لاٰ أُقْسِمُ بِيَوْمِ اَلْقِيٰامَةِ» وَ« هَلْ أَتىٰ عَلَى اَلْإِنْسٰانِ حِينٌ مِنَ اَلدَّهْرِ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Abu Ayyub al-Khazzaz, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Is there anything specific or fixed regarding the recitation in prayer?” Imam عليه السلام said: “No, except for Jumu‘ah, ‘(Surah) al-Jumu‘ah’ and ‘(Surah) al-Munafiqin’ are to be recited.” I said to Him عليه السلام: “Then which surahs should be recited in the prayers?” Imam عليه السلام said: “As for Dhuhr and the final Isha, they are the same; and ‘Asr and Maghrib are the same. As for Ghadah (Fajr), it is the longest. As for Dhuhr and the final Isha, then (recite): ‘Sabbih isma Rabbika al-A‘la’ (Surah Al-A‘la) and ‘al-Shamsi wa Duhaha’ (Surah Al-Shams), and those like them. And as for ‘Asr and Maghrib, then (recite): ‘Idha ja’a nasrullah’ (Surah An-Nasr) and ‘Alhakum al-Takathur’ (Surah At-Takathur), and those like them. And as for Ghadah (Fajr), then (recite): ‘Amma yatasaa’alun’ (Surah An-Naba’), ‘Hal ataka hadithu’l-ghashiyah’ (Surah Al-Ghashiyah), ‘La uqsimu biyawm al-qiyamah’ (Surah Al-Qiyamah), and ‘Hal ata ‘ala’l-insani hinun mina’l-dahr’ (Surah Al-Insan).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 101
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 186
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ أَبَانِ بْنِ عِيسَى بْنِ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ اَلْقُمِّيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« كَانَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ يُصَلِّي اَلْغَدَاةَ بِ«عَمَّ يَتَسٰاءَلُونَ» وَ «هَلْ أَتٰاكَ حَدِيثُ اَلْغٰاشِيَةِ» وَ «لاٰ أُقْسِمُ بِيَوْمِ اَلْقِيٰامَةِ» وَ شِبْهِهَا وَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي اَلظُّهْرَ بِ«سَبِّحِ اِسْمَ» وَ «اَلشَّمْسِ وَ ضُحٰاهٰا» وَ «هَلْ أَتٰاكَ حَدِيثُ اَلْغٰاشِيَةِ» وَ شِبْهِهَا وَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي اَلْمَغْرِبَ بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ «إِذٰا جٰاءَ نَصْرُ اَللّٰهِ وَ اَلْفَتْحُ» وَ «إِذٰا زُلْزِلَتِ» وَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي اَلْعِشَاءَ اَلْآخِرَةَ بِنَحْوِ مَا يُصَلِّي فِي اَلظُّهْرِ وَ اَلْعَصْرَ بِنَحْوٍ مِنَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ»
And from him, from al-Hasan ibn Mahbub, from Aban ibn Isa ibn Abdillah al-Qummi:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace be upon him and his family, used to pray Ghadah (Fajr) with: ‘Amma yatasaa’alun’ (Surah An-Naba), ‘Hal ataka hadithu’l-ghashiyah’ (Surah Al-Ghashiyah), ‘La uqsimu biyawm al-qiyamah’ (Surah Al-Qiyamah), and similar surahs. And He عليه السلام used to pray Dhuhr with: ‘Sabbih isma Rabbika al-A‘la’ (Surah Al-A‘la), ‘al-Shamsi wa Duhaha’ (Surah Al-Shams), ‘Hal ataka hadithu’l-ghashiyah’ (Surah Al-Ghashiyah), and similar surahs. And He عليه السلام used to pray Maghrib with: ‘Qul huwa Allahu ahad’ (Surah Ikhlas), ‘Idha ja’a nasrullah wa’l-fath’ (Surah An-Nasr), ‘Idha zulzilati’l-ardu zilzalaha’ (Surah Az-Zalzalah). And He عليه السلام used to pray the final Isha similarly to how He عليه السلام prayed Dhuhr, and ‘Asr similarly to how He عليه السلام prayed Maghrib.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 102
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 187
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ سَيْفِ بْنِ عَمِيرَةَ عَنْ مَنْصُورِ بْنِ حَازِمٍ قَالَ: أَمَرَنِي أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنْ أَقْرَأَ اَلْمُعَوِّذَتَيْنِ فِي اَلْمَكْتُوبَةِ.
And from him, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Sayf ibn Umayrah, from Mansur ibn Hazim, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام instructed me to recite ‘al-Mu‘awwidhatayn’ (‘Surat al-Falaq’ and ‘Surat al-Nas’) in the obligatory prayer.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 102
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 187
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ سَيْفٍ عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ فَرْقَدٍ عَنْ صَابِرٍ مَوْلَى بَسَّامٍ قَالَ: أَمَّنَا أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فِي صَلاَةِ اَلْمَغْرِبِ فَقَرَأَ اَلْمُعَوِّذَتَيْنِ
And from him, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Sayf, from Dawud ibn Farqad, from Sabir, the freed slave of Bassam, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام led us in the Maghrib prayer, and He عليه السلام recited ‘al-Mu‘awwidhatayn’ (‘Surat al-Falaq’ and ‘Surat al-Nas’).
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 102
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 187
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْخَالِقِ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ خَالِ سَهْلِ بْنِ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «قَرَأْتُ فِي صَلاَةِ اَلْفَجْرِ بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ «قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ» وَ قَدْ فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ»
And from him, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Isma‘il ibn Abd al-Khaliq, from Abu Ja‘far Muhammad ibn Abi Talhah, the maternal uncle of Sahl ibn Abd Rabbih:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “I recited in the Fajr prayer: ‘Qul huwa Allahu Ahad’ (Surah Al-Ikhlas) and ‘Qul ya ayyuha al-kafirun’ (Surah Al-Kafirun), and the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace be upon him and his family, also did that.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 102
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 187
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ اَلْمُكَارِي وَ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ وَ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ ثَعْلَبَةَ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أُصَلِّي بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» فَقَالَ «نَعَمْ قَدْ صَلَّى رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ فِي كِلْتَا اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ لَمْ يُصَلِّ قَبْلَهَا وَ لاَ بَعْدَهَا بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» أَتَمَّ مِنْهَا»
And from him, from Abu Sa‘id al-Mukari and Abdullah ibn Bukayr, from ‘Ubayd ibn Zurarah and Abu Ishaq Tha‘labah, from Zurarah, who said:
I said to Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him: “May I pray using : ‘Qul huwa Allahu Ahad’ (Surah Al-Ikhlas)?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes. The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace be upon him and his family, prayed in both rak‘ahs with ‘Qul huwa Allahu Ahad’, and He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم did not pray before it or after it with anything more complete than it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 102
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 188
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ اَلْجَمَّالِ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:«« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» تُجْزِي فِي خَمْسِينَ صَلاَةً»
And from him, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Safwan al-Jammal, who said:
I heard Abu Abdillah عليه السلام say: “‘Qul huwa Allahu Ahad’ suffices for fifty prayers.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 102
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 188
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ عَنِ اِبْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ تَقْرَأْ فِي اَلْمَكْتُوبَةِ بِشَيْءٍ مِنَ اَلْعَزَائِمِ فَإِنَّ اَلسُّجُودَ زِيَادَةٌ فِي اَلْمَكْتُوبَةِ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from al-Qasim ibn ‘Urwah, from Ibn Bukayr, from Zurarah, from one of the two (Imams) (peace be upon them), who said:
(Imam عليه السلام said) “Do not recite anything from the ‘Azaʾim’ (chapters containing obligatory prostration) in the obligatory prayer, for prostration is an addition in the obligatory prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 102
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 188
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ قَيْسٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« كَانَ أَمِيرُ اَلْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِذَا صَلَّى يَقْرَأُ فِي اَلْأَوَّلَتَيْنِ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ اَلظُّهْرِ سِرّاً وَ يُسَبِّحُ فِي اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ اَلظُّهْرِ عَلَى نَحْوٍ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ اَلْعِشَاءِ وَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي اَلْأَوَّلَتَيْنِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَلْعَصْرِ سِرّاً وَ يُسَبِّحُ فِي اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ عَلَى نَحْوٍ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَلْعِشَاءِ وَ كَانَ يَقُولُ أَوَّلُ صَلاَةِ أَحَدِكُمُ اَلرُّكُوعُ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Yusuf ibn ‘Aqil, from Muhammad ibn Qays, from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام (peace be upon him), who said:
(imam عليه السلام said) “Commander of the Faithful, (Imam Ali Ibn Abi Talib عليه السلام), peace be upon him, when He عليه السلام prayed, would recite silently in the first two rak‘ahs of his Dhuhr prayer, and He عليه السلام would perform ‘tasbih’ (glorification) in the last two rak‘ahs of his Dhuhr prayer, similar to what He عليه السلام did in the Isha prayer. And He عليه السلام would recite silently in the first two rak‘ahs of his ‘Asr prayer, and He عليه السلام would perform ‘tasbih’ in the last two rak‘ahs similar to what He عليه السلام did in the Isha prayer. And He عليه السلام used to say: ‘The beginning of the prayer of one of you is the bowing.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 102
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ وَ اِبْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ يُكْتَبُ مِنَ اَلْقِرَاءَةِ وَ اَلدُّعَاءِ إِلاَّ مَا أَسْمَعَ نَفْسَهُ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah and Ibn Bukayr, from Zurarah, from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, who said: “Nothing of recitation or supplication is recorded except what he makes himself hear.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 103
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ رِئَابٍ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ هَلْ يَقْرَأُ اَلرَّجُلُ فِي صَلاَتِهِ وَ ثَوْبُهُ عَلَى فِيهِ قَالَ« فَلاَ بَأْسَ بِذَلِكَ إِذَا أَسْمَعَ أُذُنَيْهِ اَلْهَمْهَمَةَ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf, from al-Hasan ibn Mahbub, from Ali ibn Ri’ab, from al-Halabi, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “May a man recite in his prayer while his garment is over his mouth?” Imam عليه السلام said: “There is no problem with that, as long as he makes his ears hear the murmur (of his recitation).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 103
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنِ اَلْعَمْرَكِيِّ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ عَنْ أَخِيهِ مُوسَى بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَصْلُحُ لَهُ أَنْ يَقْرَأَ فِي صَلاَتِهِ وَ يُحَرِّكَ لِسَانَهُ بِالْقِرَاءَةِ فِي لَهَوَاتِهِ مِنْ غَيْرِ أَنْ يُسْمِعَ نَفْسَهُ قَالَ« لاَ بَأْسَ أَنْ لاَ يُحَرِّكَ لِسَانَهُ يَتَوَهَّمُ تَوَهُّماً»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from al-‘Amraki, from Ali ibn Ja‘far, from his brother Musa ibn Ja‘far (peace be upon them both), who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about a man, is it permissible for him to recite in his prayer and move his tongue with the recitation only within his throat without making himself hear it? Imam عليه السلام said: “There is no harm if he does not move his tongue and simply imagines (the recitation) as imagination.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 103
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 188
فليس بمناف للرواية الاولة لان هذا محمول على من كان مع قوم لا يقتدي بهم ويخاف من اسماع نفسه القراءة يدل على ذلك ما رواه
So this is not in conflict with the earlier narration, because this is to be understood as applying to one who is among people who do not follow him (in prayer) and who fears letting them hear his recitation. What indicates this is what was narrated:
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ عَمَّنْ ذَكَرَهُ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يُجْزِيكَ مِنَ اَلْقِرَاءَةِ مَعَهُمْ مِثْلُ حَدِيثِ اَلنَّفْسِ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from Ya‘qub ibn Yazid, from Muhammad ibn Abi Hamzah, from someone who mentioned it:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It suffices you, when praying with them, to recite like the whispering of the soul (inner speech).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 103
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فأما ما ذكره الشيخ رحمه الله من التخيير بين القراءة والتسبيح في الركعتين الاخيرتين يدل على ذلك ما رواه
As for what was mentioned by Shaykh (al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, regarding the option (of choice) between recitation and ‘tasbih’ in the last two rak‘ahs, this is supported by what was narrated:
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ عَنِ اَلْفَضْلِ بْنِ شَاذَانَ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ مَا يُجْزِي مِنَ اَلْقَوْلِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ قَالَ« أَنْ تَقُولَ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ وَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَ اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ وَ تُكَبِّرَ وَ تَرْكَعَ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Muhammad ibn Isma‘il, from al-Fadl ibn Shadhan, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Hariz, from Zurarah, who said:
I said to Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him: “What suffices in terms of recitation in the last two rak‘ahs?” Imam عليه السلام said: “That you say: ‘Subhan Allah, wal-hamdu lillah, wa la ilaha illa Allah, wa-Allahu akbar’, then you say the ‘takbir’ and bow.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 104
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ مِنَ اَلظُّهْرِ قَالَ« تُسَبِّحُ وَ تُحَمِّدُ اَللَّهَ وَ تَسْتَغْفِرُ لِذَنْبِكَ وَإِنْ شِئْتَ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْكِتَابِ فَإِنَّهَا تَحْمِيدٌ وَ دُعَاءٌ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from al-Nadr ibn Suwayd, from al-Halabi, from ‘Ubayd ibn Zurarah, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the last two rak‘ahs of Dhuhr. Imam عليه السلام said: “You glorify (‘tusabbih’), praise Allah سبحانه وتعالى (‘tuhammid’), and seek forgiveness for your sins. And if you wish, recite the Opening of the Book (‘Surat al-Fatihah’), for it is praise and supplication.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 104
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 188
سَعْدٌ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ فَضَّالٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حَنْظَلَةَ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ مَا أَصْنَعُ فِيهِمَا فَقَالَ« إِنْ شِئْتَ فَاقْرَأْ فَاتِحَةَ اَلْكِتَابِ وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ فَاذْكُرِ اَللَّهَ فَهُوَ سَوَاءٌ» قَالَ قُلْتُ فَأَيُّ ذَلِكَ أَفْضَلُ فَقَالَ« هُمَا وَ اَللَّهِ سَوَاءٌ إِنْ شِئْتَ سَبَّحْتَ وَإِنْ شِئْتَ قَرَأْتَ»
Sa‘d, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from al-Hasan ibn Ali ibn Faddal, from Abdullah ibn Bukayr, from Ali ibn Hanzalah, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the last two rak‘ahs, what should I do in them? Imam عليه السلام said: “If you wish, recite the Opening of the Book (‘Surat al-Fatihah’), and if you wish, remember Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is the same.” I asked: “Which of the two is better?” Imam عليه السلام said: “By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, they are the same. If you wish, you may glorify (‘tasbih’), and if you wish, you may recite.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 104
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فأما ما ذكره الشيخ رحمه الله من التخيير بين القراءة والتسبيح في الركعتين الاخيرتين يدل على ذلك ما رواه
As for what was mentioned by Shaykh (al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, regarding the option between recitation (‘qira’ah’) and glorification (‘tasbih’) in the last two rak‘ahs, this is supported by what was narrated:
رَوَى ذَلِكَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلاَّنٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا اَلْحَسَنِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَيُّمَا أَفْضَلُ اَلْقِرَاءَةُ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ أَوِ اَلتَّسْبِيحُ فَقَالَ« اَلْقِرَاءَةُ أَفْضَلُ»
This was narrated from Muhammad ibn al-Hasan ibn ‘Allan, from Muhammad ibn Hakim, who said:
I asked Abu al-Hasan عليه السلام, peace be upon him: “Which is better in the last two rak‘ahs, recitation or ‘tasbih’?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Recitation is better.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 104
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
يدل على ما ذكرناه ما رواه
What supports what we have mentioned is what was narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ مَنْصُورِ بْنِ حَازِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا كُنْتَ إِمَاماً فَاقْرَأْ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ اَلْكِتَابِ وَ إِنْ كُنْتَ وَحْدَكَ فَيَسَعُكَ فَعَلْتَ أَوْ لَمْ تَفْعَلْ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Safwan, from Mansur ibn Hazim:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “If you are an imam (of prayer), then recite the Opening of the Book (‘Surat al-Fatihah’) in the last two rak‘ahs. And if you are alone, then it is permissible whether you do so or not.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 104
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ سَعْدٌ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا قُمْتَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ لاَ تَقْرَأْ فِيهِمَا فَقُلِ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ وَ اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ»
As for what was narrated by Sa‘d, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from Muhammad ibn Abi Umayr, from Hammad ibn ‘Uthman, from ‘Ubaydullah ibn Ali al-Halabi: Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “If you stand for the last two rak‘ahs, do not recite in them. Rather, say: ‘al-hamdu lillah’, ‘subhan Allah’, and ‘Allahu akbar’.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 104
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فانما نهاه أن يقرأ معتقدا بأن غيرها لا يجزيه دون أن يقرأها على وجه الاختيار أو طلب الفضل وليس ذلك بمناقض لما ذكرناه فأما ما ذكره الشيخ رحمه الله من التشهد الاخير فقد قدمنا التشهد الاول ونذكر الآن التشهد الثاني ثم نبين أقل ما يجوز الاقتصار عليه في التشهد إن شاء الله
The prohibition mentioned is only directed at someone who recites while believing that nothing else suffices, not someone who recites out of preference or in pursuit of greater merit. So this does not contradict what we have previously stated. As for what Shaykh (al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, mentioned regarding the final ‘tashahhud’, we have already presented the first ‘tashahhud’, and we shall now mention the second ‘tashahhud’ and then explain the minimum that suffices for ‘tashahhud’, if Allah سبحانه وتعالى wills.
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ عَنْ زُرْعَةَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا جَلَسْتَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ فَقُلْ بِسْمِ اَللَّهِ وَ بِاللَّهِ وَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَ خَيْرُ اَلْأَسْمَاءِ لِلَّهِ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَهُ وَ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّداً عَبْدُهُ وَ رَسُولُهُ أَرْسَلَهُ بِالْحَقِّ بَشِيراً وَ نَذِيراً بَيْنَ يَدَيِ اَلسَّاعَةِ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّكَ نِعْمَ اَلرَّبُّ وَ أَنَّ مُحَمَّداً نِعْمَ اَلرَّسُولُ اَللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ تَقَبَّلْ شَفَاعَتَهُ فِي أُمَّتِهِ وَ اِرْفَعْ دَرَجَتَهُ ثُمَّ تَحْمَدُ اَللَّهَ مَرَّتَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلاَثاً ثُمَّ تَقُومُ فَإِذَا جَلَسْتَ فِي اَلرَّابِعَةِ قُلْتَ بِسْمِ اَللَّهِ وَ بِاللَّهِ وَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَ خَيْرُ اَلْأَسْمَاءِ لِلَّهِ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَهُ وَ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّداً عَبْدُهُ وَ رَسُولُهُ أَرْسَلَهُ بِالْحَقِّ بَشِيراً وَ نَذِيراً بَيْنَ يَدَيِ اَلسَّاعَةِ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّكَ نِعْمَ اَلرَّبُّ وَ أَنَّ مُحَمَّداً نِعْمَ اَلرَّسُولُ اَلتَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَ اَلصَّلَوَاتُ اَلطَّاهِرَاتُ اَلطَّيِّبَاتُ اَلزَّاكِيَاتُ اَلْغَادِيَاتُ اَلرَّائِحَاتُ اَلسَّابِغَاتُ اَلنَّاعِمَاتُ لِلَّهِ مَا طَابَ وَ زَكَا وَ طَهُرَ وَ خَلَصَ وَ صَفَا فَلِلَّهِ وَ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَهُ وَ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّداً عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَرْسَلَهُ بِالْحَقِّ بَشِيراً وَنَذِيراً بَيْنَ يَدَيِ اَلسَّاعَةِ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ رَبِّي نِعْمَ اَلرَّبُّ وَأَنَّ مُحَمَّداً نِعْمَ اَلرَّسُولُ وَ أَشْهَدُ« أَنَّ اَلسّٰاعَةَ آتِيَةٌ لاٰ رَيْبَ فِيهٰا وَ أَنَّ اَللّٰهَ يَبْعَثُ مَنْ فِي اَلْقُبُورِ»« اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ اَلَّذِي هَدٰانٰا لِهٰذٰا وَ مٰا كُنّٰا لِنَهْتَدِيَ لَوْلاٰ أَنْ هَدٰانَا اَللّٰهُ»« اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ» اَللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَآلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ سَلِّمْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ تَرَحَّمْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ عَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ وَ بَارَكْتَ وَ تَرَحَّمْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَعَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ اَللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ عَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ« اِغْفِرْ لَنٰا وَ لِإِخْوٰانِنَا اَلَّذِينَ سَبَقُونٰا بِالْإِيمٰانِ وَ لاٰ تَجْعَلْ فِي قُلُوبِنٰا غِلاًّ لِلَّذِينَ آمَنُوا رَبَّنٰا إِنَّكَ رَؤُفٌ رَحِيمٌ» اَللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ اُمْنُنْ عَلَيَّ بِالْجَنَّةِ وَ عَافِنِي مِنَ اَلنَّارِ اَللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ اِغْفِرْ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَ اَلْمُؤْمِنَاتِ« وَ لِمَنْ دَخَلَ بَيْتِيَ مُؤْمِناً وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَاَلْمُؤْمِنٰاتِ وَلاٰ تَزِدِ اَلظّٰالِمِينَ إِلاّٰ تَبٰاراً» ثُمَّ قُلِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا اَلنَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اَللَّهِ وَ بَرَكَاتُهُ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَلَى أَنْبِيَاءِ اَللَّهِ وَ رُسُلِهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَلَى جَبْرَئِيلَ وَ مِيكَائِيلَ وَ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةِ اَلْمُقَرَّبِينَ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَلَى مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ خَاتَمِ اَلنَّبِيِّينَ لاَ نَبِيَّ بَعْدَهُ وَ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَ عَلَى عِبَادِ اَللَّهِ اَلصَّالِحِينَ ثُمَّ تُسَلِّمُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from al-Nadr ibn Suwayd, from Zur‘ah, from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “When you sit in the second rak‘ah, say: ‘Bismi Allah wa billah wa alhamdu lillah wa khayru al-asmai lillah ashhadu an la ilaha illa Allah wahdahu la sharika lah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan abduhu wa rasuluh arsalahu bil-haqqi bashiran wa nadhiran bayna yadayi al-sa'ah ashhadu annaka ni'ma al-rabb wa anna Muhammadan ni'ma al-rasul Allahumma salli ala Muhammad wa Aali Muhammad wa taqabbal shafaatahu fi ummatih wa irfa darajatah’ (In the Name of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and by Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and all praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and the best of names belong to Allah سبحانه وتعالى. I bear witness that there is no god but Allah سبحانه وتعالى, alone, without any partner, and I bear witness that Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم is His servant and His messenger. He سبحانه وتعالى sent him with the truth as a bearer of glad tidings and a warner before the Hour. I bear witness that You سبحانه وتعالى are the best Lord سبحانه وتعالى, and that Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم is the best messenger. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and accept his intercession for his nation, and raise his rank.) Then you praise Allah سبحانه وتعالى twice or three times, then rise. And when you sit in the fourth (rak‘ah), you say: ‘Bismi Allah wa billah wa alhamdu lillah wa khayru al-asmai lillah ashhadu an la ilaha illa Allah wahdahu la sharika lah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan abduhu wa rasuluh arsalahu bil-haqqi bashiran wa nadhiran bayna yadayi al-sa'ah ashhadu annaka ni'ma al-rabb wa anna Muhammadan ni'ma al-rasul al-tahiyyatu lillah wa al-salawatu al-tahiratu al-tayyibatu al-zakiyatu al-ghadiyatu al-raihat al-sabi ghat al-na'imatu lillah ma taba wa zaka wa tahura wa khalasa wa safa falillah wa ashhadu an la ilaha illa Allah wahdahu la sharika lah. Wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan abduhu wa rasuluh arsalahu bil-haqqi bashiran wa nadhiran bayna yadayi al-sa'ah ashhadu anna rabbi ni'ma al-rabb wa anna Muhammadan ni'ma al-rasul wa ashhadu anna al-sa'ata atiyatun la rayba fiha wa anna Allah yab'athu man fi al-qubur’” (In the Name of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and by Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and all praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and the best of names belong to Allah سبحانه وتعالى. I bear witness that there is no god but Allah سبحانه وتعالى, alone, without any partner, and I bear witness that Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم is His servant and His messenger. He سبحانه وتعالى sent him with the truth as a bearer of glad tidings and a warner before the Hour. I bear witness that You سبحانه وتعالى are the best Lord سبحانه وتعالى, and that Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم is the best messenger. All greetings are for Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and the pure, good, blessed, ascending and descending, complete and delightful prayers are for Allah سبحانه وتعالى whatever is good, pure, purified, sincere, and clear belongs to Allah سبحانه وتعالى and is for Allah سبحانه وتعالى. And I bear witness that there is no god but Allah سبحانه وتعالى, alone, without any partner. And I bear witness that Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم is His servant and His messenger. He سبحانه وتعالى sent him with the truth as a bearer of glad tidings and a warner before the Hour. I bear witness that my Lord سبحانه وتعالى is the best Lord سبحانه وتعالى, and that Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم is the best messenger. And I bear witness “that the Hour is surely coming there is no doubt about it and that Allah سبحانه وتعالى will resurrect those who are in the graves.” All praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى who has guided us to this, and we would not have been guided had Allah سبحانه وتعالى not guided us. All praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Lord of the worlds." “O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and bless Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and send peace upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and have mercy on Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, just as You عز وجل sent blessings and bestowed favor and mercy upon Ibrahim عليه السلام and upon the family of Ibrahim عليه السلام, indeed, You عز وجل are Praiseworthy, Glorious. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and Forgive us and our brothers who preceded us in faith, and place not in our hearts any resentment toward those who believe, our Lord عز وجل, indeed You are Kind and Merciful. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and grant me Paradise by Your سبحانه وتعالى grace and protect me from the Fire. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and forgive the believing men and believing women; And those who enter my house as believers, and the believing men and the believing women, and increase not the wrongdoers except in destruction."‘ Then say: ‘Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allah سبحانه وتعالى and His blessings.’ ‘Peace be upon the Prophets of Allah سبحانه وتعالى and His messengers.’ ‘Peace be upon Jibra’il عليه السلام and Mika’il عليه السلام and the close angels.’ ‘Peace be upon Muhammad ibn Abdillah صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, the Seal of the Prophets, there is no prophet after him.’ ‘And peace be upon us and upon the righteous servants of Allah سبحانه وتعالى.’ Then you give the salam (salutation to conclude the prayer).
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 105
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وأدنى ما يجزي من التشهد الشهادتان يدل على ذلك ما رواه
And the minimum that suffices for ‘tashahhud’ is the two testimonies (‘al-shahadatan’). This is supported by what was narrated:
سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَهْزِيَارَ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ مَا يُجْزِي مِنَ اَلْقَوْلِ فِي اَلتَّشَهُّدِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَوَّلَتَيْنِ قَالَ« تَقُولُ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَهُ» قُلْتُ فَمَا يُجْزِي مِنْ تَشَهُّدِ اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأَخِيرَتَيْنِ فَقَالَ« اَلشَّهَادَتَانِ»
Sa‘d ibn Abdillah, from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf, from Ali ibn Mahziyar, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Hariz ibn Abdillah, from Zurarah, who said:
I said to Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him: “What suffices to be said in the ‘tashahhud’ of the first two rak‘ahs?” Imam عليه السلام said: “You say: ‘Ashhadu an la ilaha illa Allah, wahdahu la sharika lah’.” I said: “And what suffices in the ‘tashahhud’ of the last two rak‘ahs?” Imam عليه السلام said: “The two testimonies.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 106
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنِ اَلْحَجَّالِ عَنْ ثَعْلَبَةَ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ عَنْ سَوْرَةَ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنْ أَدْنَى مَا يُجْزِي مِنَ اَلتَّشَهُّدِ قَالَ« اَلشَّهَادَتَانِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Muhammad ibn Yahya, from al-Hajjal, from Tha‘labah ibn Maymun, from Yahya ibn Talhah, from Sawrah ibn Kulayb, who said:
I asked Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about the minimum that suffices for ‘tashahhud’. Imam عليه السلام said: “The two testimonies (‘al-shahadatan’).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 107
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ بَكْرٍ عَنْ حَبِيبٍ اَلْخَثْعَمِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:« إِذَا جَلَسَ اَلرَّجُلُ لِلتَّشَهُّدِ فَحَمِدَ اَللَّهَ أَجْزَأَهُ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Sa‘d ibn Bakr, from Habib al-Khath‘ami:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “If a man sits for the ‘tashahhud’ and praises Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it suffices him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 107
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي نَصْرٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ جُعِلْتُ فِدَاكَ اَلتَّشَهُّدُ اَلَّذِي فِي اَلثَّانِيَةِ يُجْزِي أَنْ أَقُولَهُ فِي اَلرَّابِعَةِ قَالَ« نَعَمْ»
And from him, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Nasr, who said:
I said to Abu al-Hasan عليه السلام, peace be upon him: “May I be your ransom, the ‘tashahhud’ which is said in the second rak‘ah, is it sufficient if I say it in the fourth [rak‘ah] as well?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 107
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 188
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ مَنْصُورِ بْنِ حَازِمٍ عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلتَّشَهُّدِ فَقَالَ« لَوْ كَانَ كَمَا يَقُولُونَ وَاجِباً عَلَى اَلنَّاسِ هَلَكُوا إِنَّمَا كَانَ اَلْقَوْمُ يَقُولُونَ أَيْسَرَ مَا يَعْلَمُونَ إِذَا حَمِدْتَ اَللَّهَ أَجْزَأَكَ»
As for what was narrated by Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Muhammad ibn Yahya, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Uthman ibn ‘Isa, from Mansur ibn Hazim, from Bakr ibn Habib, who said:
I asked Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about the ‘tashahhud’. Imam عليه السلام said: “If it were as they say, obligatory upon the people, they would have perished. Rather, the people used to say the simplest of what they knew. If you praise Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it suffices you.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 107
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فليس بدافع ان يكون الشهادتان واجبتين وإنما يدل على ان ما زاد عليهما ليس بواجب لان الزيادة على الشهادتين أيضا تسمى تشهدا والذي يبين ما ذكرناه
So this does not negate the possibility that the two testimonies (‘al-shahadatan’) are obligatory; rather, it indicates that what is beyond them is not obligatory, because anything added to the two testimonies is also referred to as ‘tashahhud’. And what clarifies what we have mentioned is:
مَا رَوَاهُ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ اَلْخَزَّازِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلتَّشَهُّدُ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ قَالَ« مَرَّتَيْنِ» قَالَ قُلْتُ وَ كَيْفَ مَرَّتَيْنِ قَالَ« إِذَا اِسْتَوَيْتَ جَالِساً فَقُلْ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَهُ وَ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّداً عَبْدُهُ وَ رَسُولُهُ ثُمَّ تَنْصَرِفُ» قَالَ قُلْتُ قَوْلُ اَلْعَبْدِ اَلتَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَ اَلصَّلَوَاتُ اَلطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ قَالَ« هَذَا اَللُّطْفُ مِنَ اَلدُّعَاءِ يَلْطُفُ اَلْعَبْدَ رَبُّهُ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Abu Ayyub al-Khazzaz, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “The ‘tashahhud’ in prayer?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Twice.” I said: “And how is it said twice?” Imam عليه السلام said: “When you sit upright, say: ‘Ashhadu an la ilaha illa Allah, wahdahu la sharika lah, wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan Abduhu wa rasuluh,’ then you exit (complete the prayer).” I said: “What about the statement of the servant: ‘al-tahiyyatu lillah wa al-salawatu al-tayyibat lillah’?” Imam عليه السلام said: “That is a graceful form of supplication, a kindness from the servant by which his Lord shows him grace.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 107
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 189
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْحَجَّالِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ عَنْ عُبَيْدٍ عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «اَلتَّشَهُّدُ فِي كِتَابِ عَلِيٍّ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ شَفْعٌ»
And from him, from Abu Muhammad al-Hajjal, from Ali, from ‘Ubayd, from Ya‘qub ibn Shu‘ayb:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The ‘tashahhud’ in the book of (Imam) Ali عليه السلام, peace be upon him, is in two parts.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 108
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ مَنْصُورِ بْنِ حَازِمٍ عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَيَّ شَيْءٍ أَقُولُ فِي اَلتَّشَهُّدِ وَ اَلْقُنُوتِ قَالَ« قُلْ بِأَحْسَنِ مَا عَلِمْتَ فَإِنَّهُ لَوْ كَانَ مُوَقَّتاً لَهَلَكَ اَلنَّاسُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Safwan, from Mansur ibn Hazim, from Bakr ibn Habib, who said:
I said to Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him: “What should I say in the ‘tashahhud’ and in the ‘qunut’?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Say the best of what you know, for if it had been fixed (with strict wording), the people would have perished.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 108
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 189
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَلَمَّا كَانَ فِي آخِرِ تَشَهُّدِهِ رَفَعَ صَوْتَهُ حَتَّى أَسْمَعَنَا فَلَمَّا اِنْصَرَفَ قُلْتُ كَذَا يَنْبَغِي لِلْإِمَامِ أَنْ يُسْمِعَ تَشَهُّدَهُ مَنْ خَلْفَهُ قَالَ« نَعَمْ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub, from al-‘Abbas, from Abdillah ibn al-Mughirah, from Hammad, from Abu Basir, who said:
I prayed behind Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, and when He عليه السلام reached the final ‘tashahhud’, He عليه السلام raised his voice until we could hear him. When He عليه السلام finished the prayer, I said to him: “Is it appropriate for the imam (of prayer) to make his ‘tashahhud’ audible to those behind him?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 108
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 189
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنْ أَبِي مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْحَجَّالِ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يَنْبَغِي لِلْإِمَامِ أَنْ يُسْمِعَ مَنْ خَلْفَهُ كُلَّمَا يَقُولُ وَلاَ يَنْبَغِي لِمَنْ خَلْفَ اَلْإِمَامِ أَنْ يُسْمِعَهُ شَيْئاً مِمَّا يَقُولُ».
And from him, from Muhammad ibn al-Husayn, from Abu Muhammad al-Hajjal, from Hammad ibn ‘Uthman, from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It is appropriate for the imam (of prayer) to make audible to those behind him everything that he says, and it is not appropriate for those behind the imam (of prayer) to make anything they say audible to him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 108
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 189
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَفْصِ بْنِ اَلْبَخْتَرِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يَنْبَغِي لِلْإِمَامِ أَنْ يُسْمِعَ مَنْ خَلْفَهُ اَلتَّشَهُّدَ وَ لاَ يُسْمِعُونَهُ شَيْئاً»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn al-Husayn, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Hafs ibn al-Bukhtari:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It is appropriate for the imam (of prayer) to make the ‘tashahhud’ audible to those behind him, and they should not make anything audible to him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 109
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 189
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى اَلْعُبَيْدِيِّ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَقْطِينٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا اَلْحَسَنِ اَلْمَاضِيَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ هَلْ يَصْلُحُ لَهُ أَنْ يَجْهَرَ بِالتَّشَهُّدِ وَاَلْقَوْلِ فِي اَلرُّكُوعِ وَاَلسُّجُودِ وَاَلْقُنُوتِ قَالَ« إِنْ شَاءَ جَهَرَ وَ إِنْ شَاءَ لَمْ يَجْهَرْ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Isa al-‘Ubaydi, from al-Hasan ibn Ali, from al-Husayn, from his father Ali ibn Yaqtin, who said:
I asked Abu al-Hasan al-Madi عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about a man, whether it is proper for him to recite aloud the ‘tashahhud’ and the statements in ‘ruku’, ‘sujud’, and ‘qunut’. Imam عليه السلام said: “If he wishes, he may recite aloud, and if he wishes, he may not recite aloud.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 109
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال الشيخ رحمه الله وإذا سلم رفع يديه حيال وجهه الى قوله فإذا سقط القرص
The Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: "And when he gives the salam, he should raise his hands to the level of his face..." until his statement: "...when the sun disc sets."
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ يَنْبَغِي لِلْإِمَامِ أَنْ يَنْتَقِلَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ حَتَّى يُتِمَّ مَنْ خَلْفَهُ اَلصَّلاَةَ» قَالَ وَ سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَؤُمُّ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ هَلْ يَنْبَغِي لَهُ أَنْ يُعَقِّبَ بِأَصْحَابِهِ بَعْدَ اَلتَّسْلِيمِ فَقَالَ« يُسَبِّحُ وَ يَذْهَبُ مَنْ شَاءَ لِحَاجَتِهِ وَ لاَ يُعَقِّبُ رَجُلٌ لِتَعْقِيبِ اَلْإِمَامِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from his father from Ibn Abi Umayr from Hammad from al-Halabi:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It is not appropriate for the imam (of prayer) to move (from his place) after the taslim until those behind him complete their prayer.” He (al-Halabi) said: “I asked Him عليه السلام about the man who leads others in prayer, should he engage in ta‘qib with his companions after the taslim?” Imam عليه السلام said: “He should recite tasbih, and whoever wishes may go to attend to his need, and no man should remain seated for the sake of the Imam’s ta‘qib.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 109
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« أَيُّمَا رَجُلٍ أَمَّ قَوْماً فَعَلَيْهِ أَنْ يَقْعُدَ بَعْدَ اَلتَّسْلِيمِ وَ لاَ يَخْرُجَ عَنْ ذَلِكَ اَلْمَوْضِعِ حَتَّى يُتِمَّ اَلَّذِينَ خَلْفَهُ اَلَّذِينَ سُبِقُوا صَلاَتَهُمْ ذَلِكَ عَلَى كُلِّ إِمَامٍ وَاجِبٌ إِذَا عَلِمَ أَنَّ فِيهِمْ مَسْبُوقاً وَ إِنْ عَلِمَ أَنْ لَيْسَ فِيهِمْ مَسْبُوقاً بِالصَّلاَةِ فَلْيَذْهَبْ حَيْثُ شَاءَ»
And from him, from Ali, from his father, from Hammad, from Hariz, from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Any man who leads a group (in prayer) is required to remain seated after the taslim and not leave that spot until those behind him who had missed part of their prayer have completed it. This is obligatory upon every imam (of prayer) when he knows that among them is someone who has missed part of the prayer. But if he knows that there is no one among them who has missed part of the prayer, then he may go wherever he wishes.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 109
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حَدِيدٍ عَنْ مَنْصُورِ بْنِ يُونُسَ عَمَّنْ ذَكَرَهُ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« مَنْ صَلَّى صَلاَةً فَرِيضَةً وَعَقَّبَ إِلَى أُخْرَى فَهُوَ ضَيْفُ اَللَّهِ عَزَّوَ جَلَّ وَحَقٌّ عَلَى اَللَّهِ تَعَالَى أَنْ يُكْرِمَ ضَيْفَهُ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Yahya, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from Ali ibn Hadid, from Mansur ibn Yunus, from the one who narrated it from him:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Whoever performs an obligatory prayer and remains in ta‘qib until the (time of) the next (prayer), then he is the guest of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Exalted, and it is a right upon Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted, to honor His سبحانه وتعالى guest.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 109
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلدُّعَاءُ بَعْدَ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ أَفْضَلُ مِنَ اَلصَّلاَةِ تَنَفُّلاً»
And from him, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Hammad, from Hariz, from Zurarah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “Supplication after the obligatory prayer is better than performing voluntary prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 110
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ سَمَاعَةَ قَالَ:« يَنْبَغِي لِلْإِمَامِ أَنْ يَلْبَثَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُكَلِّمَ أَحَداً حَتَّى يَرَى أَنَّ مَنْ خَلْفَهُ قَدْ أَتَمُّوا اَلصَّلاَةَ ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفُ هُوَ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadalah from Sama‘ah, who said:
(it was said) “It is appropriate for the Imam to remain (seated) before speaking to anyone until he sees that those behind him have completed their prayer, then he may depart.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 110
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 190
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ أَبَانٍ عَنْ شِهَابِ بْنِ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ وَ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ كِلَيْهِمَا عَنِ اَلْوَلِيدِ بْنِ صَبِيحٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلتَّعْقِيبُ أَبْلَغُ فِي طَلَبِ اَلرِّزْقِ مِنَ اَلضَّرْبِ فِي اَلْبِلاَدِ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadalah from Aban from Shihab ibn Abd Rabbih and Abdullah ibn Sinan, both from al-Walid ibn Sabih:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Ta‘qib is more effective in seeking sustenance than traveling through the lands (in search of it).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 110
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 190
يعني بالتعقيب الدعاء بعقب الصلاة
What is meant by ‘ta‘qib’: supplication after the prayer.
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنِ اَلْعَلاَءِ بْنِ رَزِينٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلدُّعَاءُ دُبُرَ اَلْمَكْتُوبَةِ أَفْضَلُ مِنَ اَلدُّعَاءِ دُبُرَ اَلتَّطَوُّعِ كَفَضْلِ اَلْمَكْتُوبَةِ عَلَى اَلتَّطَوُّعِ»
And from him, from Safwan, from al-‘Ala’ ibn Razin, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, from one of the two (Imams عليه السلام), peace be upon them:
(Imam عليه السلام said) “Supplication after the obligatory prayer is better than supplication after the recommended prayer, just as the obligatory prayer is superior to the recommended one.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 110
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 190
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اَلرَّبِيعِ بْنِ زَكَرِيَّا اَلْكَاتِبِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« مَا عَالَجَ اَلنَّاسُ شَيْئاً أَشَدَّ مِنَ اَلتَّعْقِيبِ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from his father from al-Rabi‘ ibn Zakariyya al-Katib from Abdullah ibn Muhammad:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “People have not practiced anything more demanding than ta‘qib.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 110
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ رَجُلَيْنِ اِفْتَتَحَا اَلصَّلاَةَ فِي سَاعَةٍ وَاحِدَةٍ فَتَلاَ هَذَا اَلْقُرْآنَ فَكَانَتْ تِلاَوَتُهُ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ دُعَائِهِ وَ دَعَا هَذَا أَكْثَرَ فَكَانَ دُعَاؤُهُ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ تِلاَوَتِهِ ثُمَّ اِنْصَرَفَا فِي سَاعَةٍ وَاحِدَةٍ أَيُّهُمَا أَفْضَلُ قَالَ« كُلٌّ فِيهِ فَضْلٌ كُلٌّ حَسَنٌ» قُلْتُ إِنِّي قَدْ عَلِمْتُ أَنَّ كُلاًّ حَسَنٌ وَ أَنَّ كُلاًّ فِيهِ فَضْلٌ فَقَالَ« اَلدُّعَاءُ أَفْضَلُ أَ مَا سَمِعْتَ قَوْلَ اَللَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ« وَ قٰالَ رَبُّكُمُ اُدْعُونِي أَسْتَجِبْ لَكُمْ إِنَّ اَلَّذِينَ يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ عَنْ عِبٰادَتِي سَيَدْخُلُونَ جَهَنَّمَ دٰاخِرِينَ» هِيَ وَ اَللَّهِ اَلْعِبَادَةُ هِيَ وَ اَللَّهِ أَفْضَلُ هِيَ وَ اَللَّهِ أَفْضَلُ أَ لَيْسَتْ هِيَ اَلْعِبَادَةَ هِيَ وَ اَللَّهِ اَلْعِبَادَةُ هِيَ وَ اَللَّهِ اَلْعِبَادَةُ أَ لَيْسَتْ هِيَ أَشَدَّهُنَّ هِيَ وَ اَللَّهِ أَشَدُّهُنَّ هِيَ وَ اَللَّهِ أَشَدُّهُنَّ»
And from him, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar, who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Two men began the prayer at the same time. One of them recited the Qur’an, and his recitation was more than his supplication. The other supplicated more, and his supplication was more than his recitation. Then they both concluded (their prayers) at the same time. Which of them is superior?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Each has merit. Each is good.” I asked: “I know that each is good and that each has merit, but..” Imam عليه السلام said: “Supplication is superior. Have you not heard the saying of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Exalted: ‘And your Lord said: Call upon Me, I will respond to you. Surely those who are too proud to worship Me will enter Hell in humiliation’? (Surah Ghafir 40:60). By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is worship! By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is superior! By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is superior! Is it not worship? By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is worship! By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is worship! Is it not the most intense of them? By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is the most intense of them. By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is the most intense of them.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 111
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنِ اِبْنِ سِنَانٍ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« مَنْ سَبَّحَ تَسْبِيحَ فَاطِمَةَ اَلزَّهْرَاءِ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَثْنِيَ رِجْلَيْهِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ غُفِرَ لَهُ وَ يَبْدَأُ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Ibn Sinan, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Whoever recites the Tasbih of Fatimah al-Zahra صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her, before folding his legs after the obligatory prayer will be forgiven. And he should begin with the takbir.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 111
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 190
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عِدَّةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلنُّعْمَانِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ عَنْ رَجُلٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« مَنْ سَبَّحَ اَللَّهَ فِي دُبُرِ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ تَسْبِيحَ فَاطِمَةَ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلْمِائَةَ وَ أَتْبَعَهَا بِلاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ غَفَرَ اَللَّهُ لَهُ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from a group of our companions from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Khalid from Yahya ibn Muhammad from Ali ibn al-Nu‘man from Ibn Abi Najran from a man:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Whoever glorifies Allah سبحانه وتعالى after the obligatory prayer with the Tasbih of Fatimah صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her, one hundred times, and follows it with ‘La ilaha illallah ‘ (There is no god but Allah سبحانه وتعالى), Allah سبحانه وتعالى will forgive him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 111
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ بَزِيعٍ عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ عُقْبَةَ عَنْ أَبِي هَارُونَ اَلْمَكْفُوفِ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يَا أَبَا هَارُونَ إِنَّا نَأْمُرُ صِبْيَانَنَا بِتَسْبِيحِ فَاطِمَةَ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ كَمَا نَأْمُرُهُمْ بِالصَّلاَةِ فَالْزَمْهُ فَإِنَّهُ لَمْ يَلْزَمْهُ عَبْدٌ فَشَقِيَ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Yahya, from Muhammad ibn al-Husayn, from Muhammad ibn Isma‘il ibn Bazi‘, from Salih ibn ‘Uqbah, from Abu Harun al-Makfuf:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “O Abu Harun, we instruct our children to (recite) the Tasbih of Fatimah صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her, just as we instruct them to perform the prayer. So adhere to it, for no servant adheres to it and becomes wretched.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 111
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ بِهَذَا اَلْإِسْنَادِ عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ عُقْبَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَ قَالَ:« مَا عُبِدَ اَللَّهُ بِشَيْءٍ مِنَ اَلتَّحْمِيدِ أَفْضَلَ مِنْ تَسْبِيحِ فَاطِمَةَ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ وَ لَوْ كَانَ شَيْءٌ أَفْضَلَ مِنْهُ لَنَحَلَهُ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ فَاطِمَةَ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ»
And through this same chain of transmission, from Salih ibn ‘Uqbah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام said: “Allah سبحانه وتعالى has not been worshipped with anything of praise better than the Tasbih of Fatimah صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her, and had there been anything better than it, the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, would have gifted it to (Sayyida) Fatimah صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 112
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي خَالِدٍ اَلْقَمَّاطِ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:« تَسْبِيحُ فَاطِمَةَ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ فِي كُلِّ يَوْمٍ دُبُرَ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ أَحَبُّ إِلَيَّ مِنْ صَلاَةِ أَلْفِ رَكْعَةٍ فِي كُلِّ يَوْمٍ»
And from him, from Abu Khalid al-Qammat, who said:
I heard Abu Abdillah عليه السلام say: “The Tasbih of Fatimah صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her, every day after every prayer is more beloved to me than performing a thousand rak‘ahs of prayer each day.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 112
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عِدَّةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُذَافِرٍ قَالَ: دَخَلْتُ مَعَ أَبِي عَلَى أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَسَأَلَهُ أَبِي عَنْ تَسْبِيحِ فَاطِمَةَ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ فَقَالَ« اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ» حَتَّى أَ حْصَى أَرْبَعاً وَ ثَلاَثِينَ مَرَّةً ثُمَّ قَالَ« اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ» حَتَّى بَلَغَ سَبْعاً وَ سِتِّينَ ثُمَّ قَالَ« سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ» حَتَّى بَلَغَ مِائَةً يُحْصِيهَا بِيَدِهِ جُمْلَةً وَاحِدَةً
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from a group of our companions from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from ‘Amr ibn Uthman from Muhammad ibn ‘Udhafir, who said:
I entered with my father upon Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, and my father asked Him عليه السلام about the Tasbih of Fatimah صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her. Imam عليه السلام said: ‘Allahu Akbar’ - Until He عليه السلام counted thirty-four times. Then Imam عليه السلام said: ‘Alhamdulillah’ - Until He عليه السلام reached sixty-eight. Then Imam عليه السلام said: ‘Subhanallah’ - Until He عليه السلام completed one hundred. He عليه السلام would count them with his hand all together as one sequence.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 112
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْحَمِيدِ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ ع قَالَ:« تَبْدَأُ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ أَرْبَعاً وَ ثَلاَثِينَ ثُمَّ اَلتَّحْمِيدِ ثَلاَثاً وَ ثَلاَثِينَ ثُمَّ اَلتَّسْبِيحِ ثَلاَثاً وَ ثَلاَثِينَ»
And from him, from Ali ibn Muhammad, from Sahl ibn Ziyad, from Muhammad ibn Abd al-Hamid, from Safwan, from Ibn Muskan, from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “You begin with the takbir thirty-four times, then the tahmid thirty-three times, then the tasbih thirty-three times.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 112
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ وَاَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ زُرْعَةَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قُلْ بَعْدَ اَلتَّسْلِيمِ« اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ« لاٰ إِلٰهَ إِلاَّ اَللّٰهُ» وَحْدَهُ« لاٰ شَرِيكَ لَهُ»« لَهُ اَلْمُلْكُ وَ لَهُ اَلْحَمْدُ»« يُحْيِي وَ يُمِيتُ» وَ هُوَ حَيٌّ لاَ يَمُوتُ بِيَدِهِ اَلْخَيْرُ« وَ هُوَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ» لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ صَدَقَ وَعْدَهُ وَ نَصَرَ عَبْدَهُ وَ هَزَمَ اَلْأَحْزَابَ وَحْدَهُ اَللَّهُمَّ اِهْدِنِي لِمَا اُخْتُلِفَ فِيهِ مِنَ اَلْحَقِّ بِإِذْنِكَ إِنَّكَ تَهْدِي مَنْ تَشَاءُ إِلَى صِرَاطٍ مُسْتَقِيمٍ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from al-Nadr ibn Suwayd and al-Hasan ibn Sa‘id from Zur‘ah from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Say after the tasleem (concluding the prayer), ‘Allah سبحانه وتعالى is the Greatest. There is no god but Allah سبحانه وتعالى, alone, with no partner. To Him belongs the dominion and to Him سبحانه وتعالى belongs all praise. He سبحانه وتعالى gives life and causes death, and He سبحانه وتعالى is the Living who does not die. In His سبحانه وتعالى hand is all good, and He has power over all things. There is no god but Allah سبحانه وتعالى, alone. He سبحانه وتعالى fulfilled His سبحانه وتعالى promise, and aided His سبحانه وتعالى servant, and defeated the confederates alone. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, guide me to the truth concerning that in which there is disagreement, by Your سبحانه وتعالى permission. Indeed, You سبحانه وتعالى guide whom You سبحانه وتعالى will to the straight path."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 112
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 190
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ مِهْرَانَ اَلْجَمَّالِ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِذَا صَلَّى فَفَرَغَ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ جَمِيعاً فَوْقَ رَأْسِهِ
And from him, from Ibn Abi Najran, from Safwan ibn Mihran al-Jammal, who said:
I saw Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, when He عليه السلام completed his prayer, raise both his hands above his head.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 113
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ شُرَيْحٍ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ وَهْبٍ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ نَهِيكٍ عَنْ سَلاَّمٍ اَلْمَكِّيِّ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« أَتَى رَجُلٌ إِلَى اَلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ يُقَالُ لَهُ شَيْبَةُ اَلْهُذَيْلِ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ إِنِّي شَيْخٌ قَدْ كَبِرَ سِنِّي وَ ضَعُفَتْ قُوَّتِي عَنْ عَمَلٍ كُنْتُ قَدْ عَوَّدْتُهُ نَفْسِي مِنْ صَلاَةٍ وَ صِيَامٍ وَ حَجٍّ وَ جِهَادٍ فَعَلِّمْنِي يَا رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ كَلاَماً يَنْفَعُنِي اَللَّهُ بِهِ وَ خَفِّفْ عَلَيَّ يَا رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ فَقَالَ« أَعِدْ» فَأَعَادَ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ فَقَالَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ« مَا حَوْلَكَ شَجَرَةٌ وَلاَ مَدَرَةٌ إِلاَّ وَقَدْ بَكَتْ مِنْ رَحْمَتِكَ فَإِذَا صَلَّيْتَ اَلصُّبْحَ فَقُلْ عَشْرَ مَرَّاتٍ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ اَلْعَظِيمِ وَبِحَمْدِهِ لاَ حَوْلَ وَلاَ قُوَّةَ إِلاَّ بِاللَّهِ اَلْعَلِيِّ اَلْعَظِيمِ فَإِنَّ اَللَّهَ يُعَافِيكَ بِذَلِكَ مِنَ اَلْعَمَى وَ اَلْجُنُونِ وَاَلْجُذَامِ وَ اَلْفَقْرِ وَ اَلْهَرَمِ» فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ هَذَا لِلدُّنْيَا فَمَا لِلْآخِرَةِ فَقَالَ« تَقُولُ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ اَللَّهُمَّ اِهْدِنِي مِنْ عِنْدِكَ وَ أَفِضْ عَلَيَّ مِنْ فَضْلِكَ وَ اُنْشُرْ عَلَيَّ مِنْ رَحْمَتِكَ وَ أَنْزِلْ عَلَيَّ مِنْ بَرَكَاتِكَ» قَالَ فَقَبَضَ عَلَيْهِنَّ بِيَدِهِ ثُمَّ مَضَى فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ لاِبْنِ عَبَّاسٍ شَدَّ مَا قَبَضَ عَلَيْهَا خَالُكَ قَالَ فَقَالَ اَلنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ« أَمَا إِنَّهُ إِنْ وَافَى بِهَا يَوْمَ اَلْقِيَامَةِ لَمْ يَدَعْهَا مُتَعَمِّداً فَتَحَ اَللَّهُ لَهُ ثَمَانِيَةَ أَبْوَابٍ مِنْ أَبْوَابِ اَلْجَنَّةِ يَدْخُلُ مِنْ أَيِّهَا شَاءَ»»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Mu‘awiyah ibn Shurayh from Mu‘awiyah ibn Wahb from ‘Amr ibn Nahik from Sallam al-Makki:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “A man came to the Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, whose name was Shaybah al-Hudhali, and he said: “O Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I am an old man; my age has advanced, and my strength has weakened from the acts I had trained myself upon, prayer, fasting, Hajj, and jihad. So teach me, O Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, some words by which Allah سبحانه وتعالى will benefit me and lighten (the burden) upon me, O Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى.” He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم replied: “Repeat (what you said).” So he repeated it three times. Then the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, said to him: “There is not a tree or a clod of earth around you except that it has wept out of mercy for you. So when you have prayed the morning prayer, say ten times: ‘Subhana Allah al-azim wa bihamdih, la hawla wa la quwwata illa billah al-Aliyy al-‘Azim’ (Glory be to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Almighty, and with His سبحانه وتعالى praise. There is no power and no strength except with Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Most High, the Most Great.) Indeed, with this Allah سبحانه وتعالى will protect you from blindness, insanity, leprosy, poverty, and decrepitude.” The man said: “O Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, that is for this world, so what about the Hereafter?” He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم said: “Say after every prayer: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, guide me from Yourself سبحانه وتعالى, pour upon me from Your عز وجل bounty, spread upon me from Your عز وجل mercy, and send down upon me from Your عز وجل blessings.’” He (the narrator) said: So He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم grasped them in his hand and walked on. A man said to Ibn ‘Abbas: "How tightly your uncle clung to them!" He said: Then the Prophet (peace and blessings be upon him and his family) said: “Indeed, if he meets (his Lord عز وجل) on the Day of Resurrection having preserved them and not having deliberately abandoned them, Allah سبحانه وتعالى will open for him eight gates from the gates of Paradise, and he will enter through whichever of them he wishes.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 113
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنِ اِبْنِ بُكَيْرٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَوْلُ اَللَّهِ عَزَّوَ جَلَّ« اُذْكُرُوا اَللّٰهَ ذِكْراً كَثِيراً» مَاذَا اَلذِّكْرُ اَلْكَثِيرُ قَالَ« أَنْ يُسَبِّحَ فِي دُبُرِ اَلْمَكْتُوبَةِ ثَلاَثِينَ مَرَّةً»
And from him, from Safwan, from Ibn Bukayr, who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, regarding the saying of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Exalted: ‘Remember Allah سبحانه وتعالى with much remembrance’ (Surah Ahzab 33:41), what is meant by “much remembrance”? Imam عليه السلام said: “That one says tasbih (subhanAllah) thirty times after the obligatory prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 114
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 191
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ قَالَ حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو بَصِيرٍ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« إِنَّ رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ قَالَ لِأَصْحَابِهِ ذَاتَ يَوْمٍ« أَ رَأَيْتُمْ لَوْ جَمَعْتُمْ مَا عِنْدَكُمْ مِنَ اَلثِّيَابِ وَ اَلْآنِيَةِ ثُمَّ وَضَعْتُمْ بَعْضَهُ عَلَى بَعْضٍ تَرَوْنَهُ يَبْلُغُ اَلسَّمَاءَ» قَالُوا لاَ يَا رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ فَقَالَ« يَقُولُ أَحَدُكُمْ إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ سُبْحَانَ اَللَّهِ وَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اَللَّهُ وَ اَللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ ثَلاَثِينَ مَرَّةً وَ هُنَّ يَدْفَعْنَ اَلْهَدْمَ وَ اَلْغَرَقَ وَ اَلْحَرَقَ وَ اَلتَّرَدِّيَ فِي اَلْبِئْرِ وَ أَكْلَ اَلسَّبُعِ وَ مِيتَةَ اَلسَّوْءِ وَ اَلْبَلِيَّةَ اَلَّتِي نَزَلَتْ عَلَى اَلْعَبْدِ فِي ذَلِكَ اَلْيَوْمِ»»
And from him, from Abdullah ibn al-Mughirah, from Abu Ayyub, who said Abu Basir narrated to me:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Indeed, the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, said to his companions one day: ‘Do you think that if you gathered together all the clothing and vessels you possess, then placed them one on top of another, do you think it would reach the sky?’ They said: ‘No, O Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى.’ He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم said: ‘One of you says, when he finishes his prayer: ‘SubhanAllah, wal-hamdu lillah, wa la ilaha illallah, wa Allahu Akbar’, thirty times. These repel destruction, drowning, burning, falling into a well, being devoured by a beast, a bad death, and the calamity that descends upon the servant on that day.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 114
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «أَقَلُّ مَا يُجْزِيكَ مِنَ اَلدُّعَاءِ بَعْدَ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ أَنْ تَقُولَ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ مِنْ كُلِّ خَيْرٍ أَحَاطَ بِهِ عِلْمُكَ وَ أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ كُلِّ شَرٍّ أَحَاطَ بِهِ عِلْمُكَ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ عَافِيَتَكَ فِي أُمُورِي كُلِّهَا وَ أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ خِزْيِ اَلدُّنْيَا وَ عَذَابِ اَلْآخِرَةِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from his father from Hammad from Hariz from Zurarah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “The least that suffices you from supplication after the obligatory prayer is to say: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I ask You for every good which Your knowledge encompasses, and I seek refuge in You from every evil which Your knowledge encompasses. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I ask You for well-being in all my affairs, and I seek refuge in You from disgrace in this world and punishment in the Hereafter.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 114
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: «لاَ تَنْسَوُا اَلْمُوجِبَتَيْنِ» أَوْ قَالَ« عَلَيْكُمْ بِالْمُوجِبَتَيْنِ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ» قُلْتُ وَ مَا اَلْمُوجِبَتَانِ قَالَ« تَسْأَلُ اَللَّهَ اَلْجَنَّةَ وَ تَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ اَلنَّارِ»
And from him, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Hariz, from Zurarah, who said:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام said: “Do not forget the two obligations,” or Imam عليه السلام said: “It is upon you to observe the two obligations after every prayer.” I asked: “And what are the two obligations?” Imam عليه السلام said: “You ask Allah سبحانه وتعالى for Paradise and you seek refuge in Allah سبحانه وتعالى from the Fire.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 114
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ أَبَانٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْوَاسِطِيِّ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:« لاَ تَدَعْ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ أُعِيذُ نَفْسِي وَ مَا رَزَقَنِي رَبِّي بِاللَّهِ اَلْوَاحِدِ اَلصَّمَدِ حَتَّى تَخْتِمَهَا وَ أُعِيذُ نَفْسِي وَ مَا رَزَقَنِي رَبِّي« بِرَبِّ اَلْفَلَقِ» حَتَّى تَخْتِمَهَا وَ أُعِيذُ نَفْسِي وَ مَا رَزَقَنِي رَبِّي« بِرَبِّ اَلنّٰاسِ» حَتَّى تَخْتِمَهَا»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Muhammad ibn Yahya from Abdullah ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from Ali ibn al-Hakam from Aban from Muhammad al-Wasiti, who said:
I heard Abu Abdillah عليه السلام say: “Do not leave, after every prayer, to say: ‘I seek protection for myself and what my Lord has provided me with, by Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the One, the Self-Sufficient’, until you complete it, And: ‘I seek protection for myself and what my Lord has provided me with, by the Lord of al-Falaq’, until you complete it, And: ‘I seek protection for myself and what my Lord has provided me with, by the Lord of mankind’, until you complete it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 115
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رُوِيَ عَنْ أَمِيرِ اَلْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ:« مَنْ أَحَبَّ أَنْ يَخْرُجَ مِنَ اَلدُّنْيَا وَ قَدْ تَخَلَّصَ مِنَ اَلذُّنُوبِ كَمَا يَتَخَلَّصُ اَلذَّهَبُ اَلَّذِي لاَ كَدَرَ فِيهِ وَ لاَ يَطْلُبَهُ أَحَدٌ بِمَظْلِمَةٍ فَلْيَقُلْ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ نِسْبَةَ اَلرَّبِّ تَبَارَكَ وَ تَعَالَى اِثْنَتَيْ عَشْرَةَ مَرَّةً» ثُمَّ يَبْسُطُ يَدَيْهِ فَيَقُولُ« اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ بِاسْمِكَ اَلْمَكْنُونِ اَلْمَخْزُونِ اَلطُّهْرِ اَلطَّاهِرِ اَلْمُبَارَكِ وَ أَسْأَلُكَ بِاسْمِكَ اَلْعَظِيمِ وَ سُلْطَانِكَ اَلْقَدِيمِ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ يَا وَاهِبَ اَلْعَطَايَا يَا مُطْلِقَ اَلْأُسَارَى يَافَكَّاكَ اَلرِّقَابِ مِنَ اَلنَّارِ أَسْأَلُكَ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ أَنْ تُعْتِقَ رَقَبَتِي مِنَ اَلنَّارِ وَ تُخْرِجَنِي مِنَ اَلدُّنْيَا آمِناً وَ تُدْخِلَنِي اَلْجَنَّةَ سَالِماً وَأَنْ تَجْعَلَ دُعَائِي أَوَّلَهُ فَلاَحاً وَأَوْسَطَهُ نَجَاحاً وَآخِرَهُ صَلاَحاً« إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ عَلاّٰمُ اَلْغُيُوبِ»» ثُمَّ قَالَ أَمِيرُ اَلْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ« هَذَا مِنَ اَلْمَخْبِيَّاتِ مِمَّا عَلَّمَنِي رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ وَ أَمَرَنِي أَنْ أُعَلِّمَهُ اَلْحَسَنَ وَ اَلْحُسَيْنَ عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ»
And it has been narrated from the Commander of the Faithful, peace be upon him, that Imam عليه السلام said: “Whoever wishes to depart from this world having been cleansed of sins as pure gold is cleansed of impurities, and with no one seeking from him a right due to injustice, let him say after every prayer the ‘(Surah al-Ikhlas)’ twelve times. Then he should spread his hands and say: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I ask You عز وجل by Your hidden, treasured, pure, immaculate, and blessed Name. And I ask You عز وجل by Your great Name and Your ancient authority, that You عز وجل send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم. O Giver of gifts, O Liberator of captives, O Deliverer of necks from the Fire, I ask You عز وجل to send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and to free my neck from the Fire, and to cause me to leave this world in security, and to admit me into Paradise in peace. And that You عز وجل make the beginning of my supplication success, and its middle acceptance, and its end righteousness. Indeed, You عز وجل are the Knower of the unseen.’ Then the Commander of the Faithful, peace be upon him, said: “This is from the hidden teachings which the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, taught me, and He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم commanded me to teach it to al-Hasan عليه السلام and al-Husayn عليه السلام, peace be upon them.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 115
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ مَرْوَانَ عَنِ اَلْمُنَخَّلِ بْنِ جَمِيلٍ عَنْ جَابِرٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا اِنْحَرَفْتَ عَنْ صَلاَةٍ مَكْتُوبَةٍ فَلاَ تَنْحَرِفْ إِلاَّ بِانْصِرَافِ لَعْنِ بَنِي أُمَيَّةَ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Muhammad ibn al-Husayn from Muhammad ibn Sinan from ‘Ammar ibn Marwan from al-Munakhkhal ibn Jamil from Jabir:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “When you turn away from an obligatory prayer, do not turn away except with the act of turning away accompanied by the cursing of the Banu Umayyah.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 116
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ اَلنَّهَاوَنْدِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَاصِمٍ يُوسُفَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ اَلدَّيْلَمِيِّ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ جُعِلْتُ فِدَاكَ إِنَّ شِيعَتَكَ تَقُولُ إِنَّ اَلْإِيمَانَ مُسْتَقَرُّ« وَ مُسْتَوْدَعٌ» فَعَلِّمْنِي شَيْئاً إِذَا أَنَا قُلْتُهُ اِسْتَكْمَلْتُ اَلْإِيمَانَ قَالَ« قُلْ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ فَرِيضَةٍ رَضِيتُ بِاللَّهِ رَبّاً وَ بِمُحَمَّدٍ نَبِيّاً وَ بِالْإِسْلاَمِ دِيناً وَ بِالْقُرْآنِ كِتَاباً وَ بِالْكَعْبَةِ قِبْلَةً وَ بِعَلِيٍّ وَلِيّاً وَ إِمَاماً وَ بِالْحَسَنِ وَ اَلْحُسَيْنِ وَ اَلْأَئِمَّةِ صَلَوَاتُُ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِمْ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي رَضِيتُ بِهِمْ أَئِمَّةً فَارْضَنِي لَهُمْ« إِنَّكَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ»
And from him, from Ibrahim ibn Ishaq al-Nahawandi, from Abu ‘Asim Yusuf, from Muhammad ibn Sulayman al-Daylami, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام and said: “May I be your ransom, your Shi‘a say that faith is ‘settled’ and ‘entrusted.’ Teach me something, that if I say it, I will have completed (perfected) faith.” Imam عليه السلام said: “Say after every obligatory prayer: ‘I am pleased with Allah سبحانه وتعالى as Lord عز وجل, with Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم as Prophet, with Islam as religion, with the Qur’an as Book, with the Ka‘bah as qiblah, and with Ali عليه السلام as guardian and Imam, and with al-Hasan عليه السلام and al-Husayn عليه السلام and the Imams عليه السلام, may Allah’s سبحانه وتعالى blessings be upon them. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I am pleased with them as Imams عليه السلام, so be pleased with me for their sake. Indeed, You سبحانه وتعالى have power over all things.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 116
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وقد قدمنا كيفية ما ينبغي أن يسجد المصلي سجدتي الشكر وهو أن يكون لا طئا بالارض
And we have already mentioned how the one who prays ought to perform the two prostrations of gratitude, and that is by placing his body close to the ground.
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اَلْبَرْقِيِّ عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ اَلْأَشْعَرِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ اَلرِّضَا عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ سَجْدَةِ اَلشُّكْرِ فَقَالَ« أَيُّ شَيْءٍ سَجْدَةُ اَلشُّكْرِ» فَقُلْتُ لَهُ إِنَّ أَصْحَابَنَا يَسْجُدُونَ بَعْدَ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ سَجْدَةً وَاحِدَةً وَ يَقُولُونَ هِيَ سَجْدَةُ اَلشُّكْرِ فَقَالَ« إِنَّمَا اَلشُّكْرُ إِذَا أَنْعَمَ اَللَّهُ تَعَالَى عَلَى عَبْدِهِ اَلنِّعْمَةَ أَنْ يَقُولَ« سُبْحٰانَ اَلَّذِي سَخَّرَ لَنٰا هٰذٰا وَ مٰا كُنّٰا لَهُ مُقْرِنِينَ` وَ إِنّٰا إِلىٰ رَبِّنٰا لَمُنْقَلِبُونَ»« وَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from al-Barqi from Sa‘d ibn Sa‘d al-Ash‘ari from Abu al-Hasan al-Ridha عليه السلام, peace be upon him, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the prostration of gratitude (Sajdat al-Shukr). Imam عليه السلام said: “What is the prostration of gratitude?” So I said to Him عليه السلام: “Our companions perform one prostration after the obligatory prayer and say that it is the prostration of gratitude.” Imam عليه السلام said: “Gratitude is only when Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted, bestows a blessing upon His عليه السلام servant, that he says: ‘Glory be to the One Who has subjected this to us, and we were not capable of mastering it. And indeed, to our Lord عز وجل we shall surely return.’ And all praise belongs to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Lord of the worlds.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 116
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال محمد بن الحسن هذا الخبر محمول على التقية لانه موافق لقول العامة
Muhammad ibn al-Hasan said: This report is to be understood as being based on taqiyyah (precautionary dissimulation), because it is in agreement with the view of the general public.
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:« كَانَ مُوسَى بْنُ عِمْرَانَ إِذَا صَلَّى لَمْ يَنْفَتِلْ حَتَّى يُلْصِقَ خَدَّهُ اَلْأَيْمَنَ بِالْأَرْضِ وَ خَدَّهُ اَلْأَيْسَرَ بِالْأَرْضِ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Sinan, from Ishaq ibn ‘Ammar, who said:
I heard Abu Abdillah عليه السلام say: “(prophet) Musa ibn ‘Imran عليه السلام, when he prayed, would not turn away (from the prayer) until he had placed his right cheek on the ground and his left cheek on the ground.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 117
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال وقال اسحاق رأيت من آبائي من يصنع ذلك قال محمد بن سنان يعني موسى في الحجر في جوف الليل
He (Ishaq) said: “I saw some of my forefathers do that.” Muhammad ibn Sinan said: “He meant Musa (peace be upon him), in the stone chamber, during the depths of the night.”
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ مُرَازِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «سَجْدَةُ اَلشُّكْرِ وَاجِبَةٌ عَلَى كُلِّ مُسْلِمٍ تُتِمُّ بِهَا صَلاَتَكَ وَ تُرْضِي بِهَا رَبَّكَ وَ تَعْجَبُ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةُ مِنْكَ وَ إِنَّ اَلْعَبْدَ إِذَا صَلَّى ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَةَ اَلشُّكْرِ فَتَحَ اَلرَّبُّ تَعَالَى اَلْحِجَابَ بَيْنَ اَلْعَبْدِ وَ بَيْنَ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةِ فَيَقُولُ« يَا مَلاَئِكَتِي اُنْظُرُوا إِلَى عَبْدِي أَدَّى قُرْبَتِي وَ أَتَمَّ عَهْدِي ثُمَّ سَجَدَ لِي شُكْراً عَلَى مَا أَنْعَمْتُ بِهِ عَلَيْهِ مَلاَئِكَتِي مَاذَا لَهُ»» قَالَ« فَتَقُولُ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةُ يَا رَبَّنَا رَحْمَتُكَ ثُمَّ يَقُولُ اَلرَّبُّ تَعَالَى« ثُمَّ مَاذَا لَهُ»» قَالَ« فَتَقُولُ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةُ يَا رَبَّنَا جَنَّتُكَ فَيَقُولُ اَلرَّبُّ تَعَالَى« ثُمَّ مَاذَا» فَتَقُولُ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةُ يَا رَبَّنَا كِفَايَةُ مُهِمِّهِ فَيَقُولُ اَلرَّبُّ« ثُمَّ مَاذَا» فَلاَ يَبْقَى شَيْءٌ مِنَ اَلْخَيْرِ إِلاَّ قَالَتْهُ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةُ فَيَقُولُ اَللَّهُ تَعَالَى« يَا مَلاَئِكَتِي ثُمَّ مَاذَا» فَتَقُولُ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةُ يَا رَبَّنَا لاَ عِلْمَ لَنَا فَيَقُولُ اَللَّهُ تَعَالَى« لَأَشْكُرَنَّهُ كَمَا شَكَرَنِي وَ أُقْبِلُ إِلَيْهِ بِفَضْلِي وَ أُرِيهِ رَحْمَتِي»»
Ahmad ibn Abi Abdillah from his father from Muhammad ibn Abi Umayr from Hariz from Murazim:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The prostration of gratitude is obligatory upon every Muslim. With it, you complete your prayer, please your Lord عز وجل, and the angels are amazed at you. Indeed, when the servant prays and then performs the prostration of gratitude, the Lord عز وجل, Exalted is He عز وجل, lifts the veil between the servant and the angels and says: ‘O My عز وجل angels, look at My عز وجل servant, he has fulfilled My عز وجل closeness, completed My عز وجل covenant, and then prostrated to Me عز وجل in gratitude for what I have bestowed upon him. O My عز وجل angels, what does he deserve?’ The angels say: ‘Our Lord عز وجل, Your mercy.’ Then the Lord عز وجل, Exalted is He عز وجل, says: ‘And what else?’ The angels say: ‘Our Lord عز وجل, Your Paradise.’ Then the Lord عز وجل says: ‘And what else?’ The angels say: ‘Our Lord عز وجل, sufficiency in his needs.’ Then the Lord عز وجل says: ‘And what else?’ And there remains nothing of good except that the angels mention it. Then Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted, says: ‘O My angels, and what else?’ The angels say: ‘Our Lord عز وجل, we have no knowledge.’ Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted, says: ‘I shall thank him as he has thanked Me عز وجل, and I shall turn to him with My عز وجل bounty and show him My عز وجل mercy.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 117
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ جُنْدَبٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا اَلْحَسَنِ اَلْمَاضِيَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَمَّا أَقُولُ فِي سَجْدَةِ اَلشُّكْرِ فَقَدِ اِخْتَلَفَ أَصْحَابُنَا فِيهِ فَقَالَ« قُلْ وَ أَنْتَ سَاجِدٌ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أُشْهِدُكَ وَ أُشْهِدُ مَلاَئِكَتَكَ وَ أَنْبِيَاءَكَ وَ رُسُلَكَ وَ جَمِيعَ خَلْقِكَ أَنَّكَ أَنْتَ اَللَّهُ رَبِّي وَ اَلْإِسْلاَمُ دِينِي وَ مُحَمَّدٌ نَبِيِّي وَ عَلِيٌّ وَ فُلاَنٌ وَ فُلاَنٌ إِلَى آخِرِهِمْ أَئِمَّتِي بِهِمْ أَتَوَلَّى وَ مِنْ أَعْدَائِهِمْ أَتَبَرَّأُ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَنْشُدُكَ دَمَ اَلْمَظْلُومِ ثَلاَثاً اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَنْشُدُكَ بِإِيوَائِكَ عَلَى نَفْسِكَ لِأَوْلِيَائِكَ لَتُظْفِرَنَّهُمْ بِعَدُوِّكَ وَعَدُوِّهِمْ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَآلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى اَلْمُسْتَحْفَظِينَ مِنْ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ اَلْيُسْرَ بَعْدَ اَلْعُسْرِ ثَلاَثاً ثُمَّ ضَعْ خَدَّكَ اَلْأَيْمَنَ بِالْأَرْضِ وَ تَقُولُ يَا كَهْفِي حِينَ تُعْيِينِي اَلْمَذَاهِبُ وَ تَضِيقُ عَلَيَّ« اَلْأَرْضُ بِمٰا رَحُبَتْ» وَ يَا بَارِئَ خَلْقِي رَحْمَةً بِي وَ كَانَ عَنْ خَلْقِي غَنِيّاً صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ عَلَى اَلْمُسْتَحْفَظِينَ مِنْ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ ثُمَّ تَضَعُ خَدَّكَ اَلْأَيْسَرَ وَ تَقُولُ يَا مُذِلَّ كُلِّ جَبَّارٍ وَ يَا مُعِزَّ كُلِّ ذَلِيلٍ قَدْ وَ عِزَّتِكَ بَلَغَ بِي مَجْهُودِي ثَلاَثاً ثُمَّ تَقُولُ يَا حَنَّانُ يَا مَنَّانُ يَا كَاشِفَ اَلْكُرَبِ اَلْعِظَامِ ثَلاَثاً ثُمَّ تَعُودُ لِلسُّجُودِ فَتَقُولُ مِائَةَ مَرَّةٍ شُكْراً شُكْراً ثُمَّ تَسْأَلُ اَللَّهَ حَاجَتَكَ إِنْ شَاءَ اَللَّهُ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from his father from Abdullah ibn Jundab, who said:
I asked Abu al-Hasan al-Madi عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about what I should say in the prostration of gratitude, for our companions have differed concerning it. Imam عليه السلام said: “Say while you are in prostration: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I call You عز وجل to witness, and I call Your عز وجل angels, Your عز وجل prophets, Your عز وجل messengers, and all of Your عز وجل creation to witness, that indeed You are Allah سبحانه وتعالى, my Lord عز وجل, and Islam is my religion, and Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم is my Prophet, and Ali عليه السلام and so-and-so عليه السلام and so-and-so عليه السلام until the last of them are my Imams عليه السلام. Through them I express loyalty, and from their enemies I disassociate. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I implore You عز وجل by the blood of the wronged one, three times. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I implore You عز وجل by Your عز وجل commitment to Yourself عز وجل for the sake of Your عز وجل allies, that You عز وجل will grant them victory over Your عز وجل enemy and their enemy. I ask You عز وجل to send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and upon the entrusted ones among the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I ask You عز وجل for ease after hardship, three times.’ Then place your right cheek on the ground and say: ‘O my refuge when paths fail me and the earth, despite its vastness, becomes narrow for me. O Creator عز وجل of my form, have mercy on me, for You عز وجل created me out of mercy, and You عز وجل are independent of Your عز وجل creation. Send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and upon the entrusted ones from the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم.’ Then place your left cheek on the ground and say: ‘O Subduer of every tyrant, O Honorer of every one brought low, by Your عز وجل might, I have reached my limit, three times.’ Then say: ‘O Compassionate, O Bestower, O Remover of great hardships, three times.’ Then return to prostration and say one hundred times: ‘Shukran, shukran (Thanks).’ Then ask Allah سبحانه وتعالى for your need, if Allah سبحانه وتعالى wills.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 118
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْقَاسَانِيِّ عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ حَفْصٍ اَلْمَرْوَزِيِّ قَالَ: كَتَبْتُ إِلَى أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فِي سَجْدَةِ اَلشُّكْرِ فَكَتَبَ إِلَيَّ« مِائَةَ مَرَّةٍ شُكْراً شُكْراً وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ عَفْواً عَفْواً»
And from him, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from Ali ibn Muhammad al-Qasani, from Sulayman ibn Hafs al-Marwazi, who said:
I wrote to Abu al-Hasan عليه السلام, peace be upon him, regarding the prostration of gratitude He عليه السلام wrote back to me: “One hundred times: ‘Shukran, shukran (Thanks, thanks)’, and if you wish: ‘Afwan, ‘afwan (Pardon, pardon).’
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 119
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عِدَّةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: خَرَجْتُ مَعَ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ مُوسَى بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ ع إِلَى بَعْضِ أَمْوَالِهِ فَقَامَ إِلَى صَلاَةِ اَلظُّهْرِ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ خَرَّ لِلَّهِ سَاجِداً فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ بِصَوْتٍ حَزِينٍ وَ تَغَرْغَرُ دُمُوعُهُ« رَبِّ عَصَيْتُكَ بِلِسَانِي وَ لَوْ شِئْتَ وَ عِزَّتِكَ لَأَخْرَ سْتَنِي وَ عَصَيْتُكَ بِبَصَرِي وَ لَوْ شِئْتَ وَ عِزَّتِكَ لَأَ كْمَهْتَنِي وَ عَصَيْتُكَ بِسَمْعِي وَ لَوْ شِئْتَ وَ عِزَّتِكَ لَأَصْمَمْتَنِي وَ عَصَيْتُكَ بِيَدِي وَ لَوْ شِئْتَ وَ عِزَّتِكَ لَكَنَّعْتَنِي وَ عَصَيْتُكَ بِرِجْلِي وَ لَوْ شِئْتَ وَ عِزَّتِكَ لَجَذَمْتَنِي وَ عَصَيْتُكَ بِفَرْجِي وَ لَوْ شِئْتَ وَ عِزَّتِكَ لَعَقَمْتَنِي وَ عَصَيْتُكَ بِجَمِيعِ جَوَارِحِي اَلَّتِي أَنْعَمْتَ بِهَا عَلَيَّ وَ لَيْسَ هَذَا جَزَاءَكَ مِنِّي» ثُمَّ قَالَ أَحْصَيْتُ لَهُ أَلْفَ مَرَّةٍ وَ هُوَ يَقُولُ« اَلْعَفْوَ اَلْعَفْوَ» قَالَ ثُمَّ أَلْصَقَ خَدَّهُ اَلْأَيْمَنَ بِالْأَرْضِ وَ سَمِعْتُهُ وَ هُوَ يَقُولُ بِصَوْتٍ حَزِينٍ« بُؤْتُ إِلَيْكَ بِذَنْبِي عَمِلْتُ سُوءاً وَ« ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِي فَاغْفِرْ لِي» فَإِنَّهُ لاَ يَغْفِرُ اَلذُّنُوبَ غَيْرُكَ يَا مَوْلاَيَ» ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ ثُمَّ أَلْصَقَ خَدَّهُ اَلْأَيْسَرَ بِالْأَرْضِ فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ« اِرْحَمْ مَنْ أَسَاءَ وَ اِقْتَرَفَ وَ اِسْتَكَانَ وَ اِعْتَرَفَ» ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ
And from him, from a group of our companions, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Muhammad ibn Sulayman, from his father, who said:
I went out with Abu al-Hasan Musa ibn Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon them, to one of his properties. He عليه السلام stood to perform the noon prayer, and when He عليه السلام finished, He عليه السلام fell in prostration to Allah سبحانه وتعالى. I heard him, in a sorrowful voice, with tears choking him, saying: “My Lord عز وجل, I disobeyed You عز وجل with my tongue, and if You عز وجل had willed, by Your عز وجل might, You عز وجل would have rendered me mute. I disobeyed You عز وجل with my sight, and if You عز وجل had willed, by Your عز وجل might, You عز وجل would have blinded me. I disobeyed You عز وجل with my hearing, and if You عز وجل had willed, by Your عز وجل might, You عز وجل would have made me deaf. I disobeyed You عز وجل with my hand, and if You عز وجل had willed, by Your عز وجل might, You عز وجل would have crippled me. I disobeyed You عز وجل with my foot, and if You عز وجل had willed, by Your عز وجل might, You عز وجل would have amputated me. I disobeyed You عز وجل with my private part, and if You عز وجل had willed, by Your عز وجل might, You عز وجل would have made me barren. I disobeyed You عز وجل with all of my limbs which You عز وجل bestowed upon me, and this is not the proper response to Your عز وجل favor upon me.” Then he (narrator) said: “I counted a thousand times as Imam عليه السلام said: “‘Al-‘afw, al-‘afw (Forgiveness, forgiveness)’.” Then He عليه السلام placed his right cheek on the ground, and I (narrator) heard Him عليه السلام say in a sorrowful voice: “I return to You عز وجل with my sin. I have done evil and wronged myself, so forgive me, for no one forgives sins but You عز وجل, O my Master.” (Three times) Then He عليه السلام placed his left cheek on the ground, and I (narrator) heard Him عليه السلام say: “Have mercy on one who has done wrong, committed sins, submitted himself in humility, and confessed.” (Three times) Then He عليه السلام raised his head.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 119
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ رَفَعَهُ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« دُعَاءً يُدْعَى بِهِ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ تُصَلِّيهَا فَإِذَا كَانَ بِكَ دَاءٌ مِنْ سَقَمٍ وَ وَجَعٍ فَإِذَا قَضَيْتَ صَلاَتَكَ فَامْسَحْ بِيَدِكَ عَلَى مَوْضِعِ سُجُودِكَ مِنَ اَلْأَرْضِ وَ اُدْعُ بِهَذَا اَلدُّعَاءِ وَ أَمِرَّ يَدَكَ عَلَى مَوْضِعِ وَجَعِكَ سَبْعَ مَرَّاتٍ تَقُولُ يَا مَنْ كَبَسَ اَلْأَرْضَ عَلَى اَلْمَاءِ وَ سَدَّ اَلْهَوَاءَ بِالسَّمَاءِ وَ اِخْتَارَ لِنَفْسِهِ أَحْسَنَ اَلْأَسْمَاءِ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ اِفْعَلْ بِي كَذَا وَ كَذَا وَ اُرْزُقْنِي كَذَا وَ كَذَا وَعَافِنِي مِنْ كَذَا وَ كَذَا».
Ahmad ibn Muhammad raised it (in narration) to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, who said: “A supplication that is to be recited after every prayer you perform, and if you are afflicted with an illness, pain, or ailment, then when you complete your prayer, wipe your hand over the place of your prostration on the ground, and supplicate with this supplication. Then pass your hand over the place of your pain seven times, saying: ‘O He عز وجل who pressed the earth upon the water, and sealed the air with the sky, and chose for Himself عز وجل the most beautiful of names, send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, and do for me such-and-such, and grant me such-and-such, and heal me from such-and-such.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 120
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْجَبَّارِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْحَمِيدِ عَنْ رَجُلٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا أَصَابَكَ هَمٌّ فَامْسَحْ يَدَكَ عَلَى مَوْضِعِ سُجُودِكَ ثُمَّ أَمِرَّ بِيَدِكَ عَلَى وَجْهِكَ» يَعْنِي مِنْ جَانِبِ خَدِّكَ اَلْأَيْسَرِ وَ عَلَى جَبْهَتِكَ إِلَى جَانِبِ خَدِّكَ اَلْأَيْمَنِ كَذَلِكَ وَصَفَهُ لَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَلْحَمِيدِ ثُمَّ قُلْ« بِسْمِ اَللَّهِ اَلَّذِي« لاٰ إِلٰهَ إِلاّٰ هُوَ عٰالِمُ اَلْغَيْبِ وَ اَلشَّهٰادَةِ»..« اَلرَّحْمٰنُ اَلرَّحِيمُ» اَللَّهُمَّ اِذْهَبْ عَنِّي بِالْهُمُومِ وَ اَلْحَزَنِ ثَلاَثاً»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Muhammad ibn Abd al-Jabbar from Abd al-Rahman ibn Hammad from Ibrahim ibn Abd al-Hamid from a man: Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “If you are afflicted with distress, then wipe your hand over the place of your prostration, then pass your hand over your face” - meaning from the side of your left cheek, over your forehead, to the side of your right cheek. This is how Ibrahim ibn Abd al-Hamid described it to us. Then (Imam عليه السلام instructed) say: ‘In the Name of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the One besides whom there is no god, Knower of the unseen and the seen… the Most Merciful, the Most Compassionate. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, remove from me distress and sorrow.’” (three times)
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 120
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ اَلنَّهَاوَنْدِيِّ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ عُمَرَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:« إِذَا ذَكَرْتَ نِعْمَةَ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْكَ وَ كُنْتَ فِي مَوْضِعٍ لاَ يَرَاكَ أَحَدٌ فَأَلْصِقْ خَدَّكَ بِالْأَرْضِ وَ إِذَا كُنْتَ فِي مَلَإٍ مِنَ اَلنَّاسِ فَضَعْ يَدَكَ عَلَى أَسْفَلِ بَطْنِكَ وَ اِحْنِ ظَهْرَكَ وَ لْيَكُنْ تَوَاضُعاً لِلَّهِ فَإِنَّ ذَلِكَ أَحَبُّ وَ تُرِي أَنَّ ذَلِكَ غَمْزٌ وَجَدْتَهُ فِي أَسْفَلِ بَطْنِكَ»
And from him, from Abu Ishaq al-Nahawandi, from Ahmad ibn ‘Umar, from Muhammad ibn Sinan, from Ishaq ibn ‘Ammar, who said:
I heard Abu Abdillah عليه السلام say: “When you remember the blessing of Allah سبحانه وتعالى upon you and you are in a place where no one sees you, then place your cheek on the ground. But if you are among a group of people, then place your hand on the lower part of your abdomen, bend your back slightly, and let it be an act of humility before Allah سبحانه وتعالى, for that is more beloved. And let it appear as though it is a cramp you are feeling in your lower abdomen.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 121
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال الشيخ رحمه الله فإذا سقط القرص فليؤذن للمغرب الى قوله وإذا غاب الشفق كل ذلك قد مضى شرحه إلا ما ذكره من القيام بعد الفراغ من الثلاث الركعات الى النافلة بغير تعقيب وعلة ذلك
The Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: ‘When the disk (of the sun) sets, let the call to Maghrib be given’ up to his statement: ‘and when the twilight disappears.’ All of that has already been explained, except for what he mentioned regarding standing after completing the three rak‘ahs (of Maghrib) to begin the nawafil (recommended prayers) without performing ta‘qib, and the reason for that is:
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْعَلاَءِ اَلْخَفَّافِ عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« مَنْ صَلَّى اَلْمَغْرِبَ ثُمَّ عَقَّبَ لَمْ يَتَكَلَّمْ حَتَّى يُصَلِّيَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ كُتِبَتَا لَهُ فِي عِلِّيِّينَ فَإِنْ صَلَّى أَرْبَعاً كُتِبَتْ لَهُ حَجَّةٌ مَبْرُورَةٌ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya from Abu Ja‘far from Ali ibn al-Hakam from Abu al-‘Ala’ al-Khaffaf:
(Imam) Ja‘far ibn Muhammad عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “Whoever performs the Maghrib prayer and then remains in ta‘qib without speaking until he performs two rak‘ahs, they will be recorded for him in ‘Illiyyin (those of elevated stations). And if he performs four (rak‘ahs), it will be recorded for him as an accepted Hajj.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 121
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بَحْرٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنِ اَلْحَارِثِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ تَدَعْ أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ بَعْدَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ فِي سَفَرٍ وَ لاَ حَضَرٍ وَ إِنْ طَلَبَتْكَ اَلْخَيْلُ»
And from him, from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf, from Abdullah ibn Bahr, from Ibn Muskan, from al-Harith ibn al-Mughirah:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Do not leave four rak‘ahs after Maghrib, whether you are traveling or at home, even if the cavalry is pursuing you.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 121
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
ذَكَرَ أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ بَابَوَيْهِ رَحِمَهُ اَللَّهُ فَقَالَ: سُئِلَ اَلصَّادِقُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ لِمَ صَارَ اَلْمَغْرِبُ ثَلاَثَ رَكَعَاتٍ وَ أَرْبَعاً بَعْدَهَا لَيْسَ فِيهَا تَقْصِيرٌ فِي حَضَرٍ وَ لاَ سَفَرٍ فَقَالَ« إِنَّ اَللَّهَ تَعَالَى أَنْزَلَ عَلَى نَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ كُلَّ صَلاَةٍ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فَأَضَافَ إِلَيْهَا رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ لِكُلِّ صَلاَةٍ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي اَلْحَضَرِ وَقَصَّرَ فِيهَا فِي اَلسَّفَرِ إِلاَّ اَلْمَغْرِبَ وَ اَلْغَدَاةَ فَلَمَّا صَلَّى عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلْمَغْرِبَ بَلَغَهُ مَوْلِدُ فَاطِمَةَ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ فَأَضَافَ إِلَيْهَا رَكْعَةً شُكْراً لِلَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ فَلَمَّا أَنْ وُلِدَ اَلْحَسَنُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَضَافَ إِلَيْهَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ شُكْراً لِلَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ فَلَمَّا أَنْ وُلِدَ اَلْحُسَيْنُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَضَافَ إِلَيْهَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ شُكْراً لِلَّهِ عَزَّوَجَلَّ فَقَالَ« لِلذَّكَرِ مِثْلُ حَظِّ اَلْأُنْثَيَيْنِ» فَتَرَكَهَا عَلَى حَالِهَا فِي اَلسَّفَرِ وَ اَلْحَضَرِ»
Abu Ja‘far Muhammad ibn Ali ibn al-Husayn ibn Babawayh, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, mentioned and said:
(Imam) Al-Sadiq عليه السلام, peace be upon him, was asked: “Why is Maghrib three rak‘ahs, and why are there four rak‘ahs after it which are never shortened, whether at home or while traveling?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Indeed, Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted, revealed to His Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, every prayer as two rak‘ahs. Then the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, added two rak‘ahs to each prayer while in residence, and they were shortened during travel, except for Maghrib and the morning prayer. When He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon him and his family, prayed Maghrib, the news of the birth of (Sayyidah) Fatimah صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her, reached Him صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم. Thus, He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم added one rak‘ah to it out of gratitude to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic. Then when al-Hasan عليه السلام, peace be upon him, was born, He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم added two rak‘ahs out of gratitude to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic. Then when al-Husayn عليه السلام, peace be upon him, was born, He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم added two more rak‘ahs out of gratitude to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic. So He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم said: ‘To the male belongs a share equal to that of two females’, and He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم left it in that state, both during travel and at home.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 121
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ سَلَمَةَ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ يُوسُفَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ حَجَّاجٍ اَلْخَشَّابِ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْفَوَارِسِ قَالَ: نَهَانِي أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنْ أَتَكَلَّمَ بَيْنَ اَلْأَرْبَعِ رَكَعَاتٍ اَلَّتِي بَعْدَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya from Salamah from al-Husayn ibn Yusuf from Muhammad ibn Yahya from Hajjaj al-Khashshab from Abu al-Fawaris, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام forbade me from speaking between the four rak‘ahs that are after Maghrib.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 122
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ اَلْوَلِيدِ عَنِ اَلصَّفَّارِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَفْصٍ اَلْجَوْهَرِيِّ قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا أَبُو اَلْحَسَنِ عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ صَلاَةَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَةَ اَلشُّكْرِ بَعْدَ اَلسَّابِعَةِ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ كَانَ آبَاؤُكَ يَسْجُدُونَ بَعْدَ اَلثَّلاَثَةِ فَقَالَ« مَا كَانَ أَحَدٌ مِنْ آبَائِي يَسْجُدُ إِلاَّ بَعْدَ اَلسَّبْعَةِ»
Muhammad ibn al-Hasan ibn al-Walid narrated from al-Saffar from Muhammad ibn Isa from Hafs al-Jawhari, who said:
Abu al-Hasan Ali ibn Muhammad عليه السلام, peace be upon him, led us in the Maghrib prayer, then He عليه السلام performed the prostration of gratitude after the seventh (rak‘ah). So I (narrator) said to Him عليه السلام: “Your forefathers عليه السلام used to perform the prostration after the third (rak‘ah).” Imam عليه السلام said: “None of my forefathers عليه السلام performed the prostration except after the seventh.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 122
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وقد روي جواز التعفير وسجدة الشكر بعد المغرب
And it has been narrated that it is permissible to perform ‘ta‘fir’ (placing the face directly on dust or earth) and the prostration of gratitude (‘Sajdat al-Shukr’) after Maghrib.
رَوَى ذَلِكَ أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ بَابَوَيْهِ رَحِمَهُ اَللَّهُ قَالَ أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ اَلْوَلِيدِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحَسَنِ اَلصَّفَّارِ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ سَعْدَانَ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ جَهْمِ بْنِ أَبِي جَهْمٍ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا اَلْحَسَنِ مُوسَى بْنَ جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ وَ قَدْ سَجَدَ بَعْدَ اَلثَّلاَثِ اَلرَّكَعَاتِ مِنَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ جُعِلْتُ فِدَاكَ رَأَيْتُكَ سَجَدْتَ بَعْدَ اَلثَّلاَثِ فَقَالَ« وَ رَأَيْتَنِي» فَقُلْتُ نَعَمْ قَالَ« فَلاَ تَدَعْهَا فَإِنَّ اَلدُّعَاءَ فِيهَا مُسْتَجَابٌ»
It was narrated by Abu Ja‘far Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Babawayh, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him. He (Ibn Babawayn) said Muhammad ibn al-Hasan ibn al-Walid informed us from Muhammad ibn al-Hasan al-Saffar from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf from Sa‘dan ibn Muslim from Jahm ibn Abi Jahm, who said:
I saw Abu al-Hasan Musa ibn Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon them both, and He عليه السلام had prostrated after the three rak‘ahs of Maghrib. So I (narrator) said to Him عليه السلام: “May I be your ransom, I saw you prostrating after the three.” Imam عليه السلام said: “And you saw me?” I said: “Yes.” Imam عليه السلام said: “Then do not abandon it, for supplication in it is answered.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 122
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عِدَّةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْعَبَّاسِ اَلْفَضْلِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْمَلِكِ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« يُسْتَجَابُ اَلدُّعَاءُ فِي أَرْبَعَةِ مَوَاطِنَ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ وَ بَعْدَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ بَعْدَ اَلظُّهْرِ وَ بَعْدَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from a group of our companions from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Khalid from his father from al-Qasim ibn ‘Urwah from Abu al-‘Abbas al-Fadl ibn Abd al-Malik, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Supplication is answered in four times: during Witr, after Fajr, after Dhuhr, and after Maghrib.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 123
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ عَنْ أَبِي إِسْمَاعِيلَ اَلسَّرَّاجِ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَجَرَةَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مَرْوَانَ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ:« تَمْسَحُ يَدَكَ اَلْيُمْنَى عَلَى جَبْهَتِكَ وَ وَجْهِكَ فِي دُبُرِ اَلْمَغْرِبِ وَ اَلصَّلَوَاتِ وَ تَقُولُ بِسْمِ اَللَّهِ« اَلَّذِي لاٰ إِلٰهَ إِلاّٰ هُوَ عٰالِمُ اَلْغَيْبِ وَ اَلشَّهٰادَةِ»..« اَلرَّحْمٰنُ اَلرَّحِيمُ» اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ اَلْهَمِّ وَ اَلْحَزَنِ وَ اَلسُّقْمِ وَ اَلْعُدْمِ وَ اَلصَّغَارِ وَ اَلذُّلِّ وَ اَلْفَوَاحِشِ« مٰا ظَهَرَ مِنْهٰا وَ مٰا بَطَنَ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Yahya, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Muhammad ibn Isma‘il, from Abu Isma‘il al-Sarraj, from Ali ibn Shajarah, from Muhammad ibn Marwan:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “You wipe your right hand over your forehead and your face after Maghrib and after the (other) prayers, and say: ‘In the Name of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the One besides whom there is no god, Knower of the unseen and the seen… the Most Merciful, the Most Compassionate. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I seek refuge in You عز وجل from anxiety and grief, from sickness and poverty, from humiliation and disgrace, and from indecencies, both apparent and hidden.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 123
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ قَالَ اَلصَّادِقُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« مَنْ قَالَ إِذَا صَلَّى اَلْمَغْرِبَ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ اَلَّذِي يَفْعَلُ مَا يَشَاءُ وَ لاَ يَفْعَلُ مَا يَشَاءُ غَيْرُ هُ أُعْطِيَ خَيْراً كَثِيراً»
And (Imam) Al-Sadiq عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “Whoever says after performing the Maghrib prayer, three times: ‘Alhamdu lillah alladhi yaf‘alu ma yasha’, wa la yaf‘alu ma yasha’u ghayruhu’ (Praise be to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the One who does whatever He wills, and no one else does what He wills) - will be granted abundant good.”
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« قُلْ فِي آخِرِ اَلسَّجْدَةِ مِنَ اَلنَّوَافِلِ مِنَ اَلْمَغْرِبِ فِي لَيْلَةِ اَلْجُمُعَةِ سَبْعَ مَرَّاتٍ وَ أَنْتَ سَاجِدٌ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ بِوَجْهِكَ اَلْكَرِيمِ وَ اِسْمِكَ اَلْعَظِيمِ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ وَ أَنْ تَغْفِرَ لِي ذَنْبِيَ اَلْعَظِيمَ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from al-‘Abbas from Abdullah ibn al-Mughirah from Abdullah ibn Sinan from ‘Umar ibn Yazid, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Say in the final prostration of the nawafil of Maghrib on the night of Friday, seven times while you are in prostration: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I ask You عز وجل by Your عز وجل noble Face and Your عز وجل great Name to send blessings upon Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and the family of Muhammad صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم and to forgive me my great sin.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 123
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 191
رُوِيَ عَنِ اَلصَّادِقِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ:« تَقُولُ بَعْدَ اَلْعِشَاءَيْنِ اَللَّهُمَّ بِيَدِكَ مَقَادِيرُ اَللَّيْلِ وَ اَلنَّهَارِ وَ مَقَادِيرُ اَلدُّنْيَا وَ اَلْآخِرَةِ وَ مَقَادِيرُ اَلْمَوْتِ وَ اَلْحَيَاةِ وَ مَقَادِيرُ اَلشَّمْسِ وَ اَلْقَمَرِ وَ مَقَادِيرُ اَلنَّصْرِ وَ اَلْخِذْلاَنِ وَ مَقَادِيرُ اَلْغِنَى وَ اَلْفَقْرِ اَللَّهُمَّ اِدْرَأْ عَنِّي شَرَّ فَسَقَةِ اَلْجِنِّ وَ اَلْإِنْسِ وَ اِجْعَلْ مُنْقَلَبِي إِلَى خَيْرٍ دَائِمٍ وَ نَعِيمٍ لاَ يَزُولُ»
It is narrated from (Imam) Al-Sadiq عليه السلام, peace be upon him:
Imam عليه السلام said: “Say after the two night prayers (‘al-Ishaayn’): ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, in Your hand are the measures of night and day, the measures of this world and the Hereafter, the measures of death and life, the measures of the sun and the moon, the measures of victory and defeat, and the measures of wealth and poverty. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, repel from me the evil of the wicked ones from among jinn and mankind, and make my return one of everlasting goodness and never-ending bliss.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 123
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ أَبِي طَالِبٍ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلصَّلْتِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: كَانَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقْرَأُ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ اَلْعَتَمَةِ اَلْوَاقِعَةَ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from Abu Talib Abdullah ibn al-Salt from Ibn Abi Umayr, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام used to recite in the two rak‘ahs after ‘al-‘Atamah’ (the Isha prayer): ‘Surat al-Waqi‘ah’ and ‘Qul huwa Allahu ahad (Surat al-Ikhlas)’.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 124
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال الشيخ رحمه الله وليأو الى فراشه الى قوله ولا يترك السواك
The Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: ‘And let him return to his bed’ up to his statement: ‘and he should not leave off the use of the siwak (tooth-stick).’
رُوِيَ عَنِ اَلصَّادِقِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ:« مَنْ تَطَهَّرَ ثُمَّ أَوَى إِلَى فِرَاشِهِ بَاتَ وَ فِرَاشُهُ كَمَسْجِدِهِ وَ إِنْ ذَكَرَ أَنَّهُ لَيْسَ عَلَى وُضُوءٍ فَتَيَمَّمَ مِنْ دِثَارِهِ كَائِناً مَا كَانَ لَمْ يَزَلْ فِي صَلاَةٍ مَا ذَكَرَ اَللَّهَ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ»
It is narrated from (Imam) Al-Sadiq عليه السلام, peace be upon him:
Imam عليه السلام said: “Whoever performs purification (wudu) and then goes to his bed, his bed will be like his place of prayer. And if he remembers that he is not in a state of wudu and performs ‘tayammum’ from his blanket, whatever it may be, he will remain in a state of prayer as long as he remembers Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 124
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى اَلْعَلاَءُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: قَالَ لِي أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« إِذَا تَوَسَّدَ اَلرَّجُلُ يَمِينَهُ فَلْيَقُلْ بِسْمِ اَللَّهِ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْلَمْتُ نَفْسِي إِلَيْكَ وَوَجَّهْتُ وَجْهِي إِلَيْكَ وَفَوَّضْتُ أَمْرِي إِلَيْكَ وَأَلْجَأْتُ ظَهْرِي إِلَيْكَ تَوَكَّلْتُ عَلَيْكَ رَهْبَةً مِنْكَ وَ رَغْبَةً إِلَيْكَ لاَ مَلْجَأَ وَ لاَ مَنْجَى مِنْكَ إِلاَّ إِلَيْكَ آمَنْتُ بِكِتَابِكَ اَلَّذِي أَنْزَلْتَ وَ بِرَسُولِكَ اَلَّذِي أَرْسَلْتَ ثُمَّ يُسَبِّحُ تَسْبِيحَ فَاطِمَةَ اَلزَّهْرَاءِ عَلَيْهَا اَلسَّلاَمُ وَ مَنْ أَصَابَهُ فَزَعٌ عِنْدَ مَنَامِهِ فَلْيَقْرَأْ إِذَا أَوَى إِلَى فِرَاشِهِ اَلْمُعَوِّذَتَيْنِ وَ آيَةَ اَلْكُرْسِيِّ»
Al-‘Ala’ narrated from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام said to me: “When a man lies down on his right side, let him say: ‘In the Name of Allah سبحانه وتعالى. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, I submit my soul to You عز وجل, and I turn my face to You عز وجل, and I entrust my affairs to You عز وجل, and I rely upon You عز وجل. I seek refuge in You عز وجل out of fear of You عز وجل and longing toward You عز وجل. There is no refuge and no escape from You عز وجل except to You عز وجل. I believe in Your عز وجل Book which You عز وجل have revealed, and in Your عز وجل Messenger صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم whom You have sent.’ Then let him recite the Tasbih of (Sayyidah) Fatimah al-Zahra صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, peace be upon her. And whoever experiences fear or disturbance at the time of sleep, let him recite, when he goes to his bed, the two Surahs of seeking refuge (‘al-Mu‘awwidhatayn’) and ‘Ayat al-Kursi’.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 124
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى اَلْعَلاَءُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ يَدَعُ اَلرَّجُلُ أَنْ يَقُولَ عِنْدَ مَنَامِهِ أُعِيذُ نَفْسِي وَ ذُرِّيَّتِي وَ أَهْلَ بَيْتِي وَ مَالِي بِكَلِمَاتِ اَللَّهِ اَلتَّامَّاتِ مِنْ كُلِّ شَيْطَانٍ وَ هَامَّةٍ وَ مِنْ كُلِّ عَيْنٍ لاَمَّةٍ فَذَلِكَ اَلَّذِي عَوَّذَ بِهِ جَبْرَئِيلُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلْحُسَيْنَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ»
Al-‘Ala’ narrated from Muhammad ibn Muslim from one of the two (Imams) (peace be upon them), who said:
(Imams عليه السلام said) “A man should not neglect to say at the time of sleep: ‘I seek protection for myself, my children, my family, and my wealth with the perfect words of Allah سبحانه وتعالى from every devil and harmful creature, and from every envious evil eye.’ This is what Jibra’il عليه السلام, peace be upon him, used to use to seek protection for (Imam) al-Husayn عليه السلام, peace be upon him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 124
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى عَبْدُ اَللَّهِ بْنُ سِنَانٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اِقْرَأْ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ« قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ» عِنْدَ مَنَامِكَ فَإِنَّهَا بَرَاءَةٌ مِنَ اَلشِّرْكِ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ» نِسْبَةُ اَلرَّبِّ»
Abdullah ibn Sinan narrated from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, who said:
(Imam عليه السلام said) “Recite ‘Qul huwa Allahu ahad’ and ‘Qul ya ayyuhal-kafirun’ at the time of sleep, for indeed, it is a declaration of disassociation from shirk. And ‘Qul huwa Allahu ahad’ is the description of the Lord عز وجل.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 125
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى بَكْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْهُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ:« مَنْ قَالَ حِينَ يَأْخُذُ مَضْجَعَهُ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ اَلَّذِي عَلاَ فَقَهَرَ وَاَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ اَلَّذِي بَطَنَ فَخَبَرَ وَاَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ اَلَّذِي مَلَكَ فَقَدَرَ وَاَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ اَلَّذِي« يُحْيِ اَلْمَوْتىٰ» وَ يُمِيتُ اَلْأَحْيَاءَ «وَ هُوَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ» خَرَجَ مِنَ اَلذُّنُوبِ كَيَوْمَ وَلَدَتْهُ أُمُّهُ»
Bakr ibn Muhammad narrated from Him, peace be upon him: Imam عليه السلام said: “Whoever says, when he lies down to sleep, three times: ‘All praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the One who is exalted and thus overpowered, and all praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the One who is hidden and thus aware, and all praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the One who possesses and thus decreed, and all praise is due to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the One who gives life to the dead and causes the living to die, and He has power over all things’, (this person) will emerge from his sins like the day his mother gave birth to him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 125
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَرَوَى سَعْدٌ اَلْإِسْكَافُ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ:« مَنْ قَالَ هَذِهِ اَلْكَلِمَاتِ فَأَنَا ضَامِنٌ أَنْ لاَ يُصِيبَهُ عَقْرَبٌ وَ لاَ هَامَّةٌ حَتَّى يُصْبِحَ أَعُوذُ بِكَلِمَاتِ اَللَّهِ اَلتَّامَّاتِ اَلَّتِي لاَ يُجَاوِزُهُنَّ بَرٌّ وَ لاَ فَاجِرٌ مِنْ شَرِّ مَا ذَرَأَ وَ مِنْ شَرِّ مَا بَرَأَ وَ مِنْ شَرِّ كُلِّ دَابَّةٍ هُوَ« آخِذٌ بِنٰاصِيَتِهٰا إِنَّ رَبِّي عَلىٰ صِرٰاطٍ مُسْتَقِيمٍ»
Sa‘d al-Iskaf narrated from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام:
Imam عليه السلام said: “Whoever says these words, I guarantee that no scorpion nor harmful creature will harm him until morning: ‘I seek refuge in the perfect words of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, which no righteous or wicked person can surpass, from the evil of what He عز وجل has created, and from the evil of what He عز وجل has formed, and from the evil of every creature whose forelock He عز وجل holds. Indeed, my Lord عز وجل is on a straight path.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 125
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى اَلْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ اَلرِّضَا عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لَمْ يَقُلْ أَحَدٌ قَطُّ إِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَنَامَ «إِنَّ اَللّٰهَ يُمْسِكُ اَلسَّمٰاوٰاتِ وَ اَلْأَرْضَ أَنْ تَزُولاٰ وَ لَئِنْ زٰالَتٰا إِنْ أَمْسَكَهُمٰا مِنْ أَحَدٍ مِنْ بَعْدِهِ إِنَّهُ كٰانَ حَلِيماً غَفُوراً» فَسَقَطَ عَلَيْهِ اَلْبَيْتُ»
Al-‘Abbas ibn Hilal narrated from Abu al-Hasan al-Ridha, from his father, peace be upon them both:
Imam عليه السلام said: “No one has ever said, when intending to sleep: ‘Indeed, Allah سبحانه وتعالى holds the heavens and the earth lest they cease to exist, and if they should cease, no one could hold them after Him عز وجل. Indeed, He عز وجل is Most Forbearing, Most Forgiving’, and then had the house collapse upon him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 125
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ: «إِنَّ فِي اَللَّيْلِ لَسَاعَةً لاَ يُوَافِقُهَا عَبْدٌ مُسْلِمٌ يُصَلِّي وَ يَدْعُو اَللَّهَ فِيهَا إِلاَّ اِسْتَجَابَ لَهُ فِي كُلِّ لَيْلَةٍ» قُلْتُ أَصْلَحَكَ اَللَّهُ فَأَيَّةُ سَاعَةٍ مِنَ اَللَّيْلِ قَالَ« إِذَا مَضَى نِصْفُ اَللَّيْلِ إِلَى اَلثُّلُثِ اَلْبَاقِي»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Ibn Abi Umayr from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah from ‘Umar ibn Yazid:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Indeed, in the night there is a moment in which no Muslim servant coincides with it while praying and supplicating to Allah سبحانه وتعالى except that He عز وجل answers him, in every night.” I asked: “May Allah سبحانه وتعالى set you right, which moment of the night is it?” Imam عليه السلام said: “When half the night has passed, until the last third remaining.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 125
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 191
وَعَنْهُ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ فُضَيْلٍ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ:« أَنَّ رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ كَانَ يُصَلِّي بَعْدَمَا يَنْتَصِفُ اَللَّيْلُ ثَلاَثَ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً»
And from him, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah, from Fudayl, from one of the two (Imams):
Imam عليه السلام said: “Indeed, the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, used to pray thirteen rak‘ahs after the middle of the night.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 125
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 191
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنِ اِبْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلْحَمِيدِ اَلطَّائِيِّ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ:« كَانَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ إِذَا صَلَّى اَلْعِشَاءَ اَلْآخِرَةَ أَوَى إِلَى فِرَاشِهِ لاَ يُصَلِّي شَيْئاً إِلاَّ بَعْدَ اِنْتِصَافِ اَللَّيْلِ لاَ فِي شَهْرِ رَمَضَانَ وَ لاَ فِي غَيْرِهِ»
And from him, from Safwan, from Ibn Bukayr, from Abd al-Hamid al-Ta’i, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, who said:
I heard Him عليه السلام say: “The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, peace and blessings be upon him and his family, when He صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم prayed the final night prayer (‘Isha al-akhirah’), would go to his bed and would not perform any prayer until after the middle of the night, neither in the month of Ramadan nor outside of it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 126
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 191
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ عَنْ عَبْدَةَ اَلسَّابُورِيِّ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ جُعِلْتُ فِدَاكَ إِنَّ اَلنَّاسَ يَرْوُونَ عَنِ اَلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ« إِنَّ فِي اَللَّيْلِ لَسَاعَةً لاَ يَدْعُو فِيهَا عَبْدٌ مُؤْمِنٌ بِدَعْوَةٍ إِلاَّ اُسْتُجِيبَ لَهُ» قَالَ «نَعَمْ» قُلْتُ مَتَى هِيَ قَالَ« مَابَيْنَ نِصْفِ اَللَّيْلِ إِلَى اَلثُّلُثِ اَلْبَاقِي» قُلْتُ لَيْلَةً مِنَ اَللَّيَالِي أَوْ كُلَّ لَيْلَةٍ فَقَالَ« كُلَّ لَيْلَةٍ»
And from him, from Safwan, from Abu Ayyub, from Abdah al-Saburi, who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “May I be your ransom, people narrate from the Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him and his family; ‘Indeed, in the night there is an hour in which no believing servant supplicates with a supplication except that it is answered for him.’” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.” I asked: “When is it?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Between the middle of the night and the remaining third.” I asked: “On one of the nights or every night?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Every night.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 126
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْقَاسَانِيِّ عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ حَفْصٍ اَلْمَرْوَزِيِّ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ اَلْعَسْكَرِيِّ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِذَا اِنْتَصَفَ اَللَّيْلُ ظَهَرَ بَيَاضٌ فِي وَسَطِ اَلسَّمَاءِ شِبْهُ عَمُودٍ مِنْ حَدِيدٍ تُضِيءُ لَهُ اَلدُّنْيَا فَيَكُونُ سَاعَةً وَ يَذْهَبُ ثُمَّ تُظْلِمُ فَإِذَا بَقِيَ ثُلُثُ اَللَّيْلِ اَلْأَخِيرُ ظَهَرَ بَيَاضٌ مِنْ قِبَلِ اَلْمَشْرِقِ فَأَضَاءَتْ لَهُ اَلدُّنْيَا فَيَكُونُ سَاعَةً ثُمَّ يَذْهَبُ وَ هُوَ وَقْتُ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ ثُمَّ تُظْلِمُ قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ ثُمَّ يَطْلُعُ اَلْفَجْرُ اَلصَّادِقُ مِنْ قِبَلِ اَلْمَشْرِقِ» قَالَ« مَنْ أَرَادَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ فِي نِصْفِ اَللَّيْلِ فَيُطَوِّلَ فَذَلِكَ لَهُ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from Ali ibn Muhammad al-Qasani, from Sulayman ibn Hafs al-Marwazi, from the man of al-‘Askar, peace be upon him.
Imam عليه السلام said: “When the night reaches its midpoint, a whiteness appears in the middle of the sky resembling an iron pillar, by which the world becomes illuminated. It remains for an hour and then disappears. Then darkness returns. When the final third of the night remains, a whiteness appears from the direction of the east, and the world is illuminated by it. It remains for an hour and then disappears. And that is the time of the night prayer. Then darkness returns before the true dawn, then the true dawn rises from the direction of the east.” Imam عليه السلام said: “Whoever wishes to pray at the middle of the night and prolong (his prayer), then that is for him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 126
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
والاخبار التي رويت في جواز تقديم صلاة الليل في أول الليل فانما هي مخصوصة بحال السفر دون الحضر وفي وقت أيضا يغلب على ظن الانسان أنه إن لم يصلها فاتته فحينئذ يجوز له تقديمها مثل
And the reports that have been narrated regarding the permissibility of performing the night prayer at the beginning of the night are in fact specific to the case of travel, not residency, and also in a time when it is most likely that a person, if he does not perform it then, will miss it. In such a case, it is permissible for him to perform it earlier, such as:
مَا رَوَاهُ عَبْدُ اَللَّهِ بْنُ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ لَيْثٍ اَلْمُرَادِيِّ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلصَّلاَةِ فِي اَلصَّيْفِ فِي اَللَّيَالِي اَلْقِصَارِ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ فِي أَوَّلِ اَللَّيْلِ فَقَالَ« نَعَمْ نِعْمَ مَا رَأَيْتَ وَ نِعْمَ مَا صَنَعْتَ»
What was narrated by Abdullah ibn Muskan from Layth al-Muradi. He said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the prayer in the summer during the short nights, (specifically) the night prayer being performed at the beginning of the night. Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes, excellent is what you observed, and excellent is what you did.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 127
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
والذي يكشف عما ذكرناه من ان هذا مخصوص بحال السفر والضرورة
And that which clarifies what we have mentioned, that this is specific to the case of travel and necessity, is (following narration):
مَا رَوَاهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ عِيسَى عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ وَهْبٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ إِنَّ رَجُلاً مِنْ مَوَالِيكَ مِنْ صُلَحَائِهِمْ شَكَا إِلَيَّ مَا يَلْقَى مِنَ اَلنَّوْمِ فَقَالَ إِنِّي أُرِيدُ اَلْقِيَامَ لِلصَّلاَةِ بِاللَّيْلِ فَيَغْلِبُنِي اَلنَّوْمُ حَتَّى أُصْبِحَ فَرُبَّمَا قَضَيْتُ صَلاَتِيَ اَلشَّهْرَ اَلْمُتَتَابِعَ وَ اَلشَّهْرَيْنِ أَصْبِرُ عَلَى ثِقْلِهِ قَالَ« قُرَّةُ عَيْنٍ لَهُ وَ اَللَّهِ وَ لَمْ يُرَخِّصْ لَهُ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ فِي أَوَّلِ اَللَّيْلِ» وَ قَالَ« اَلْقَضَاءُ بِالنَّهَارِ أَفْضَلُ» قُلْتُ فَإِنَّ مِنْ نِسَائِنَا أَبْكَاراً اَلْجَارِيَةَ تُحِبُّ اَلْخَيْرَ وَ أَهْلَهُ وَ تَحْرِصُ عَلَى اَلصَّلاَةِ فَيَغْلِبُهَا اَلنَّوْمُ حَتَّى رُبَّمَا قَضَتْ وَ رُبَّمَا ضَعُفَتْ مِنْ قَضَائِهِ وَ هِيَ تَقْوَى عَلَيْهِ أَوَّلَ اَللَّيْلِ فَرَخَّصَ لَهُنَّ« فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ أَوَّلَ اَللَّيْلِ إِذَا ضَعُفْنَ وَ ضَيَّعْنَ اَلْقَضَاءَ»
What was narrated by Hammad ibn Isa from Mu'awiyah ibn Wahb: from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام. He said:
I asked (Imam عليه السلام): “One of your followers from among the righteous has complained to me about what he experiences from sleep. He (follower) said, ‘I want to rise for prayer at night, but sleep overcomes me until morning, so I sometimes make up my prayer for a month consecutively, or even two months. I endure its burden.’” Imam عليه السلام said: “By Allah سبحانه وتعالى, it is a source of delight for him.” Yet He عليه السلام did not grant him a concession to pray at the beginning of the night, and Imam عليه السلام said: “Making it up during the day is better.” I asked: “Among our women are young maidens, who love goodness and its people and are eager for prayer, but sleep overcomes them to the extent that they sometimes make up the prayer and sometimes are too weak to make it up. Yet they are capable of performing it at the beginning of the night.” So He عليه السلام granted them a concession: “They may pray at the beginning of the night if they are weak and neglect making it up.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 127
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 192
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ لاَ يَسْتَيْقِظُ مِنْ آخِرِ اَللَّيْلِ حَتَّى يَمْضِيَ لِذَلِكَ اَلْعَشْرُ وَ اَلْخَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ فَيُصَلِّي أَوَّلَ اَللَّيْلِ أَحَبُّ إِلَيْكَ أَمْ يَقْضِي قَالَ« لاَ بَلْ يَقْضِي أَحَبُّ إِلَيَّ إِنِّي أَكْرَهُ أَنْ يَتَّخِذَ ذَلِكَ خُلُقاً»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Sinan, from Ibn Muskan, from Muhammad ibn Muslim. He said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about a man who does not wake up at the end of the night until ten or fifteen nights pass in this state, so he prays at the beginning of the night. Is that more beloved to you, or that he makes it up? Imam عليه السلام said: “No, rather, that he makes it up is more beloved to me. I dislike that he should take that as a habit.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 127
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وكان زرارة يقول كيف تقضى صلاة لم يدخل وقتها إنما وقتها بعد نصف الليل
And Zurarah used to say: “How can a prayer be made up when its time has not entered? Its time is only after midnight.”
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ اَلرَّازِيِّ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ رَفَعَهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ:« مَنْ صَلَّى بِاللَّيْلِ حَسُنَ وَجْهُهُ بِالنَّهَارِ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from Muhammad ibn Hassan al-Razi, from Muhammad ibn Ali, who raised it (to the Prophet صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم). He said:
The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, said: “Whoever prays at night, his face will be alluring (attractive) during the day.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 128
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بْنِ نُوحٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: فِي قَوْلِ اَللَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ «إِنَّ نٰاشِئَةَ اَللَّيْلِ هِيَ أَشَدُّ وَطْئاً وَ أَقْوَمُ قِيلاً» قَالَ« قِيَامُهُ عَنْ فِرَاشِهِ لاَ يُرِيدُ إِلاَّ اَللَّهَ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ»
And from him, from Ayyub ibn Nuh, from Safwan, from Hisham ibn Salim:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام (was asked) regarding the saying of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic: ‘Indeed, the rising by night is the firmest in tread and most upright in speech’ (Surah Muzzammil 73:6) Imam عليه السلام said: “His rising from his bed, desiring none but Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 128
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 192
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ سَعْدَانَ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «شَرَفُ اَلْمُؤْمِنِ صَلاَةُ اَللَّيْلِ وَ عِزُّ اَلْمُؤْمِنِ كَفُّهُ عَنْ أَعْرَاضِ اَلنَّاسِ»
And from him, from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf, from Sa‘dan ibn Muslim, from Abdullah ibn Sinan:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The honor of the believer is the night prayer, and the dignity of the believer is his refraining from (speaking about) the reputations of people.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 128
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ أَبِي اَلْخَطَّابِ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَسْبَاطٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: فِي قَوْلِ اَللَّهِ عَزَّوَجَلَّ« وَرَهْبٰانِيَّةً اِبْتَدَعُوهٰا مٰا كَتَبْنٰاهٰا عَلَيْهِمْ إِلاَّ اِبْتِغٰاءَ رِضْوٰانِ اَللّٰهِ» قَالَ «صَلاَةُ اَللَّيْلِ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn al-Husayn ibn Abi al-Khattab, from Ali ibn Asbat, from Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Abi Abdillah:
Abu al-Hasan عليه السلام (was asked) regarding the saying of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic: ‘And monasticism which they innovated, We did not prescribe it for them, except (that they did it) seeking the pleasure of Allah سبحانه وتعالى”’ (Surah Hadid 57:27) Imam عليه السلام said: “(It refers to) the night prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 128
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي زُهَيْرٍ اَلنَّهْدِيِّ عَنْ آدَمَ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِهِ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ قَالَ:« عَلَيْكُمْ بِصَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ فَإِنَّهَا سُنَّةُ نَبِيِّكُمْ وَ دَأْبُ اَلصَّالِحِينَ قَبْلَكُمْ وَ مَطْرَدَةُ اَلدَّاءِ عَنْ أَجْسَادِكُمْ»
And from him, from Abu Zuhayr al-Nahdi, from Adam ibn Ishaq, from some of his companions:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Hold fast to the night prayer, for it is the practice of your Prophet صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم, the way of the righteous before you, and a repellent of illness from your bodies.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 129
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي زُهَيْرٍ رَفَعَهُ إِلَى أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« صَلاَةُ اَللَّيْلِ تُبَيِّضُ اَلْوَجْهَ وَ صَلاَةُ اَللَّيْلِ تُطَيِّبُ اَلرِّيحَ وَ صَلاَةُ اَللَّيْلِ تَجْلِبُ اَلرِّزْقَ»
And from him, from Abu Zuhayr, who raised it to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام:
Imam عليه السلام said: “The night prayer brightens the face, the night prayer sweetens the scent, and the night prayer brings sustenance.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 129
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ عُمَرَ عَنْ عَمِّهِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُمَرَ عَمَّنْ حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ:« إِنْ كَانَ اَللَّهُ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ قَالَ« اَلْمٰالُ وَ اَلْبَنُونَ زِينَةُ اَلْحَيٰاةِ اَلدُّنْيٰا» إِنَّ اَلثَّمَانِيَةَ رَكَعَاتٍ يُصَلِّيهَا اَلْعَبْدُ آخِرَ اَللَّيْلِ زِينَةُ اَلْآخِرَةِ»
And from him, from Umar ibn Ali ibn Umar, from his uncle Muhammad ibn Umar, from someone who narrated to him:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Indeed, if Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic, has said: ‘Wealth and children are the adornment of the life of this world’ (Surah Kahf 18:46), then surely eight rak‘ahs which the servant prays at the end of the night are the adornment of the Hereafter.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 129
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 192
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ عَنْ عَمِّهِ عَمَّنْ حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: أَنَّهُ جَاءَهُ رَجُلٌ فَشَكَا إِلَيْهِ اَلْحَاجَةَ وَ أَفْرَطَ فِي اَلشِّكَايَةِ حَتَّى كَادَ أَنْ يَشْكُوَ اَلْجُوعَ قَالَ فَقَالَ لَهُ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ« يَا هَذَا تُصَلِّي بِاللَّيْلِ» قَالَ فَقَالَ اَلرَّجُلُ نَعَمْ قَالَ فَالْتَفَتَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِلَى أَصْحَابِهِ فَقَالَ« كَذَبَ مَنْ زَعَمَ أَنَّهُ يُصَلِّي بِاللَّيْلِ وَ يَجُوعُ بِالنَّهَارِ إِنَّ اَللَّهَ تَعَالَى ضَمِنَ بِصَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ قُوتَ اَلنَّهَارِ»
And from him, from Umar ibn Ali, from his uncle, from someone who narrated to him from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام:
A man came to Him عليه السلام and complained about poverty and went to extremes in his complaint to the point that he nearly complained of hunger. Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, said to him: “O this one, do you pray at night?” The man replied: “Yes.” Then Abu Abdillah عليه السلام turned to his companions and said: “He has lied, the one who claims that he prays at night and goes hungry during the day. Indeed, Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted, has guaranteed with the night prayer the sustenance of the day.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 129
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ جَدِّهِ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي عَنْ جَدِّي عَنْ آبَائِهِ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« قِيَامُ اَللَّيْلِ مَصَحَّةُ اَلْبَدَنِ وَرِضَا اَلرَّبِّ وَ تَمَسُّكٌ بِأَخْلاَقِ اَلنَّبِيِّينَ وَ تَعَرُّضٌ لِرَحْمَتِهِ
And from him, from Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from al-Qasim ibn Yahya, from his grandfather, from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “My father عليه السلام narrated to me from my grandfather عليه السلام from his forefathers عليه السلام, from (Imam) Ali ibn Abi Talib عليه السلام, peace be upon him. He (Imam Ali عليه السلام) said: ‘Rising for prayer at night is health for the body, the pleasure of the Lord عز وجل, adherence to the morals of the prophets, and an exposure to His عز وجل mercy.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 129
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ دَاوُدَ اَلصَّرْمِيِّ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ وَ اَلْوَتْرِ فَقَالَ« هِيَ وَاجِبَةٌ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Dawud al-Sarmi. He said:
I asked him about the night prayer and the witr prayer. He said: “It is obligatory.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 130
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ مُوسَى عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلنُّعْمَانِ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ بَعْضِ رِجَالِهِ قَالَ: جَاءَ رَجُلٌ إِلَى أَمِيرِ اَلْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَقَالَ يَا أَمِيرَ اَلْمُؤْمِنِينَ إِنِّي قَدْ حُرِمْتُ اَلصَّلاَةَ بِاللَّيْلِ قَالَ فَقَالَ لَهُ أَمِيرُ اَلْمُؤْمِنِينَ« أَنْتَ رَجُلٌ قَدْ قَيَّدَتْكَ ذُنُوبُكَ»
And from him, from ‘Imran ibn Musa, from al-Hasan ibn Ali ibn al-Nu‘man, from his father, from some of his companions. He said:
A man came to the Commander of the Faithful, peace be upon him, and said: ‘O Commander of the Faithful, I have been deprived of the night prayer.’ Commander of the Faithful عليه السلام said: “You are a man whose sins have shackled you.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 130
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ اَلْبَغْدَادِيِّ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ شَمُّونٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ اَلنَّوْفَلِيِّ قَالَ سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ:« إِنَّ اَلْعَبْدَ لَيَقُومُ فِي اَللَّيْلِ فَيَمِيلُ بِهِ اَلنُّعَاسُ يَمِيناً وَ شِمَالاً وَ قَدْ وَقَعَ ذَقَنُهُ عَلَى صَدْرِهِ فَيَأْمُرُ اَللَّهُ تَعَالَى أَبْوَابَ اَلسَّمَاءِ فَتَنْفَتِحُ ثُمَّ يَقُولُ لِلْمَلاَئِكَةِ« اُنْظُرُوا إِلَى عَبْدِي مَا يُصِيبُهُ فِي اَلتَّقَرُّبِ إِلَيَّ بِمَا لَمْ أَفْتَرِضْ عَلَيْهِ رَاجِياً مِنِّي لِثَلاَثِ خِصَالٍ ذَنْباً أَغْفِرُهُ لَهُ أَوْ تَوْبَةً أُجَدِّدُهَا لَهُ أَوْ رِزْقاً أَزِيدُهُ فِيهِ اِشْهَدُوا مَلاَئِكَتِي أَنِّي قَدْ جَمَعْتُهُنَّ لَهُ»».
And from him, from Musa ibn Ja‘far al-Baghdadi, from Muhammad ibn al-Hasan ibn Shammun, from Ali ibn Muhammad al-Nawfali. He said:
I heard him say: “Indeed, the servant stands for prayer at night, and drowsiness causes him to sway right and left, and his chin has fallen onto his chest. Then Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted, commands the gates of the heavens to open, then says to the angels: ‘Look at My عز وجل servant, what he suffers in drawing near to Me عز وجل with that which I have not made obligatory upon him, hoping from Me عز وجل for one of three things: A sin I عز وجل may forgive for him, or a repentance I عز وجل may renew for him, or a sustenance I عز وجل may increase for him. Bear witness, O My عز وجل angels, that I have granted him all three.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 130
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ أَحْمَدَ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ وَ أَبُو عُثْمَانَ اِسْمُهُ عَبْدُ اَلْوَاحِدِ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ قَالَ زَعَمَ لَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ اَلثُّمَالِيِّ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ اَلدُّهْنِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «صَلاَةُ اَللَّيْلِ تُحَسِّنُ اَلْوَجْهَ وَ تُذْهِبُ اَلْهَمَّ وَ تَجْلُو اَلْبَصَرَ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Abdullah ibn Ahmad, from al-Hasan ibn Ali ibn Abi ‘Uthman, and Abu ‘Uthman’s name is Abdulwahid ibn Habib. He said Muhammad ibn Abi Hamzah al-Thumali claimed to us, from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar al-Duhni:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The night prayer improves the face, removes worry, and clears the eyesight.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 130
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ اَلدَّيْلَمِيِّ عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« يَا سُلَيْمَانُ لاَ تَدَعْ قِيَامَ اَللَّيْلِ فَإِنَّ اَلْمَغْبُونَ مَنْ حُرِمَ قِيَامَ اَللَّيْلِ»
And from him, from Ibrahim ibn Ishaq, from Muhammad ibn Sulayman al-Daylami, from his father. He said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, said: “O Sulayman, do not abandon the night prayer, for the one who is truly deprived is the one who is deprived of the night prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 131
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ عَنْ هَارُونَ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ اَلْحَسَنِ اَلْكِنْدِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِنَّ اَلرَّجُلَ لَيَكْذِبُ اَلْكَذِبَةَ فَيُحْرَمُ بِهَا صَلاَةَ اَللَّيْلِ فَإِذَا حُرِمَ صَلاَةَ اَللَّيْلِ حُرِمَ بِهَا اَلرِّزْقَ»
And from him, from Sahl ibn Ziyad, from Harun ibn Muslim, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from al-Husayn ibn al-Hasan al-Kindi:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Indeed, a man may utter a lie, and because of it he is deprived of the night prayer; and when he is deprived of the night prayer, he is deprived thereby of sustenance.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 131
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَرَوَى فُضَيْلُ بْنُ يَسَارٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ:« إِنَّ اَلْبُيُوتَ اَلَّتِي يُصَلَّى فِيهَا بِتِلاَوَةِ اَلْقُرْآنِ تُضِيءُ لِأَهْلِ اَلسَّمَاءِ كَمَا تُضِيءُ نُجُومُ اَلسَّمَاءِ لِأَهْلِ اَلْأَرْضِ»
And Fudayl ibn Yasar narrated:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “Indeed, the houses in which the Qur’an is recited and prayer is performed shine for the inhabitants of the heavens just as the stars of the sky shine for the inhabitants of the earth.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 131
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ قَالَ اَلنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ [صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ خ ل] لِأَبِي ذَرٍّ فِي وَصِيَّتِهِ لَهُ: «يَا أَبَا ذَرٍّ اِحْفَظْ وَصِيَّةَ نَبِيِّكَ مَنْ خُتِمَ لَهُ بِقِيَامِ اَللَّيْلِ ثُمَّ مَاتَ فَلَهُ اَلْجَنَّةُ» فِي حَدِيثٍ طَوِيلٍ.
And the Prophet, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, said to Abu Dharr in his will to him: “O Abu Dharr, preserve the will of your Prophet صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم; Whoever’s end comes while he was engaged in the night prayer, then Paradise is for him.” (This was mentioned in a lengthy narration.)
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 131
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ عَنِ اَلْفَضْلِ بْنِ شَاذَانَ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عُمَرَ اَلْيَمَانِيِّ عَمَّنْ حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: فِي قَوْلِ اَللَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ« إِنَّ اَلْحَسَنٰاتِ يُذْهِبْنَ اَلسَّيِّئٰاتِ» قَالَ« صَلاَةُ اَلْمُؤْمِنِ بِاللَّيْلِ تَذْهَبُ بِمَا عَمِلَ مِنْ ذَنْبٍ بِالنَّهَارِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Muhammad ibn Isma‘il, from al-Fadl ibn Shadhan, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Ibrahim ibn ‘Umar al-Yamani, from someone who narrated to him:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام (was asked) regarding the saying of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic: ‘Indeed, good deeds remove bad deeds”’ (Surah Hud 11:114) Imam عليه السلام said: “The believer’s prayer at night removes what he has committed of sins during the day.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 131
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «إِذَا قُمْتَ بِاللَّيْلِ مِنْ مَنَامِكَ فَقُلِ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ اَلَّذِي رَدَّ عَلَيَّ رُوحِي لِأَحْمَدَهُ وَ أَعْبُدَهُ فَإِذَا سَمِعْتَ صَوْتَ اَلدُّيُوكِ فَقُلْ سُبُّوحٌ قُدُّوسُ رَبُّنَا وَرَبُّ اَلْمَلاَئِكَةِ وَاَلرُّوحِ سَبَقَتْ رَحْمَتُكَ غَضَبَكَ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ أَنْتَ وَحْدَكَ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَكَ عَمِلْتُ سُوءاً وَ« ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِي فَاغْفِرْ لِي» وَ اِرْحَمْنِي إِنَّهُ لاَ يَغْفِرُ اَلذُّنُوبَ إِلاَّ أَنْتَ فَإِذَا قُمْتَ فَانْظُرْ فِي آفَاقِ اَلسَّمَاءِ وَ قُلِ اَللَّهُمَّ إِنَّهُ لاَ يُوَارِي عَنْكَ لَيْلٌ سَاجٍ وَ لاَ سَمَاءٌ ذَاتُ أَبْرَاجٍ وَ لاَ أَرْضٌ ذَاتُ مِهَادٍ وَ لاَ« ظُلُمٰاتٌ بَعْضُهٰا فَوْقَ بَعْضٍ» وَ لاَ بَحْرٌ لُجِّيٌّ تُدْلِجُ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ اَلْمُدْلِجِ مِنْ خَلْقِكَ تَعْلَمُ« خٰائِنَةَ اَلْأَعْيُنِ وَ مٰا تُخْفِي اَلصُّدُورُ» غَارَتِ اَلنُّجُومُ وَ نَامَتِ اَلْعُيُونُ وَ أَنْتَ« اَلْحَيُّ اَلْقَيُّومُ» لاَ تَأْخُذُكَ« سِنَةٌ وَ لاٰ نَوْمٌ»« سُبْحٰانَ اَللّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ» وَ إِلَهِ اَلْمُرْسَلِينَ« وَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ» ثُمَّ اِقْرَأِ اَلْخَمْسَ آيَاتٍ مِنْ آلِ عِمْرَانَ« إِنَّ فِي خَلْقِ اَلسَّمٰاوٰاتِ وَاَلْأَرْضِ» إِلَى قَوْلِهِ« إِنَّكَ لاٰ تُخْلِفُ اَلْمِيعٰادَ» ثُمَّ اِسْتَكْ وَ تَوَضَّأْ فَإِذَا وَضَعْتَ يَدَكَ فِي اَلْمَاءِ فَقُلْ بِسْمِ اَللَّهِ وَ بِاللَّهِ اَللَّهُمَّ اِجْعَلْنِي مِنَ اَلتَّوَّابِينَ وَ اِجْعَلْنِي مِنَ اَلْمُتَطَهِّرِينَ فَإِذَا فَرَغْتَ فَقُلْ« اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ اَلْعٰالَمِينَ» فَإِذَا قُمْتَ إِلَى صَلاَتِكَ فَقُلْ بِسْمِ اَللَّهِ وَ بِاللَّهِ وَ إِلَى اَللَّهِ وَ مِنَ اَللَّهِ وَ مَا شَاءَ اَللَّهُ وَ لاَ حَوْلَ وَ لاَ قُوَّةَ إِلاَّ بِاللَّهِ اَللَّهُمَّ اِجْعَلْنِي مِنْ زُوَّارِكَ وَ عُمَّارِ مَسَاجِدِكَ وَ اِفْتَحْ لِي يَا رَبِّ بَابَ تَوْبَتِكَ وَ أَغْلِقْ عَنِّي بَابَ مَعْصِيَتِكَ وَ كُلِّ مَعْصِيَةٍ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ اَلَّذِي جَعَلَنِي مِمَّنْ يُنَاجِيهِ اَللَّهُمَّ أَقْبِلْ عَلَيَّ بِوَجْهِكَ جَلَّ ثَنَاؤُكَ ثُمَّ اِفْتَتِحِ اَلصَّلاَةَ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Hammad, from Hariz, from Zurarah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “When you rise at night from your sleep, say: ‘Praise be to Allah سبحانه وتعالى who returned my soul to me so that I may praise Him عز وجل and worship Him عز وجل.’ And when you hear the sound of the roosters, say: ‘Holy, Holy, is our Lord عز وجل and the Lord عز وجل of the angels and the Spirit. Your عز وجل mercy has preceded Your عز وجل wrath. There is no god but You عز وجل, alone with no partner. I have done evil and wronged myself, so forgive me and have mercy on me. Indeed, none forgives sins except You عز وجل.’ Then when you stand up, look at the horizons of the sky and say: ‘O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, there is no night in prostration that is hidden from You عز وجل, nor a sky with towers, nor an earth with bedding, nor ‘layers of darkness, some above others’, nor a deep sea in which travellers travel during the night from among Your عز وجل creation. You عز وجل know ‘the betrayal of the eyes and what the breasts conceal’. The stars have disappeared, and the eyes have slept, and yet You عز وجل are ‘the Ever-Living, the Sustainer’, neither slumber nor sleep overtakes You عز وجل. Glory be to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Lord عز وجل of the worlds. And the God عز وجل of the Messengers, and praise be to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Lord عز وجل of the worlds.” Then recite the five verses from Surah Aal Imran: ‘Indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the earth…’ until His عز وجل saying: ‘Indeed, You do not break the promise.”’ Then use the siwak (toothstick) and perform wudu (ablution). When you place your hand in the water, say: ‘In the name of Allah سبحانه وتعالى and by Allah سبحانه وتعالى. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, make me among those who repent often and make me among those who purify themselves.’ When you finish, say: ‘Praise be to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Lord عز وجل of the worlds.’ When you stand for your prayer, say: ‘In the name of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and by Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and from Allah سبحانه وتعالى, and whatever Allah سبحانه وتعالى wills. There is no power and no strength except through Allah سبحانه وتعالى. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, make me among Your عز وجل visitors and among the frequenters of Your عز وجل mosques. O Lord عز وجل, open for me the door of Your عز وجل repentance, and close from me the door of Your عز وجل disobedience and every act of disobedience. Praise be to Allah سبحانه وتعالى, who made me among those who converse with Him عز وجل. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, turn Your عز وجل face toward me, Exalted is Your عز وجل praise!’ Then begin the prayer with the takbir.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 131
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال الشيخ رحمه الله ثم يقوم الى مصلاه الى قوله ويستحب ان يقنت بهذا الدعاء
The Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: “Then he stands at his prayer place” until his statement: “And it is recommended that he perform qunoot with this supplication.”
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« كَانَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ يَقْرَأُ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ آيَةً وَ يَكُونُ رُكُوعُهُ مِثْلَ قِيَامِهِ وَ سُجُودُهُ مِثْلَ رُكُوعِهِ وَ رَفْعُ رَأْسِهِ مِنَ اَلرُّكُوعِ وَ اَلسُّجُودِ سَوَاءً»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Muhammad ibn Abi Hamzah:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, used to recite fifteen verses in every rak‘ah, and His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم bowing (ruku‘) would be equal in length to His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم standing, and His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم prostration would be equal to His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم bowing, and His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم raising of His صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم head from bowing and from prostration were all equal.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 132
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مَسْعُودٍ اَلطَّائِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« أَنَّ رَسُولَ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي آخِرِ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ« هَلْ أَتىٰ عَلَى اَلْإِنْسٰانِ» قَالَ عَلِيُّ بْنُ اَلنُّعْمَانِ وَ قَالَ اَلْحَارِثُ سَمِعْتُهُ وَ هُوَ يَقُولُ«« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» ثُلُثُ اَلْقُرْآنِ وَ« قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ» تَعْدِلُ رُبُعَهُ وَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ يَجْمَعُ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» فِي اَلْوَتْرِ لِكَيْ يَجْمَعَ اَلْقُرْآنَ كُلَّهُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Ibn Mas‘ud al-Ta’i:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, used to recite in the final rak‘ah of the night prayer: ‘Has there come upon man…’ (Surah al-Insan 76:1).” Ali ibn al-Nu‘man said, and al-Harith said: I heard Him عليه السلام while He عليه السلام was saying: ‘Surah Al-Ikhlas’ is one-third of the Qur’an, and ‘Surah Al-Kafirun’ equals one-fourth of it. And the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, used to combine ‘Surah Al-Ikhlas’ in the witr prayer in order to encompass the entire Qur’an.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 132
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رُوِيَ:« أَنَّ مَنْ قَرَأَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اَلْأُولَيَيْنِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ مِنْهَا اَلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ مَرَّةً وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» ثَلاَثِينَ مَرَّةً اِنْفَتَلَ وَ لَيْسَ بَيْنَهُ وَ بَيْنَ اَللَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ ذَنْبٌ إِلاَّ غُفِرَ لَهُ»
And it has been narrated: “That whoever recites in the first two rak‘ahs of the night prayer, ‘Al-Hamdulillah’ once in each rak‘ah, and ‘Surah Al-Ikhlas’ thirty times, then he finishes his prayer, there will remain no sin between him and Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic, except that it will be forgiven for him.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 133
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْبَرْقِيِّ وَ أَبِي أَحْمَدَ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يَنْبَغِي لِلْعَبْدِ إِذَا صَلَّى أَنْ يُرَتِّلَ فِي قِرَاءَتِهِ فَإِذَا مَرَّ بِآيَةٍ فِيهَا ذِكْرُ اَلْجَنَّةِ وَ ذِكْرُ اَلنَّارِ سَأَلَ اَللَّهَ اَلْجَنَّةَ وَ تَعَوَّذَ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ اَلنَّارِ وَ إِذَا مَرَّ بِ«يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلنّٰاسُ» وَ «يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلَّذِينَ آمَنُوا» يَقُولُ لَبَّيْكَ رَبَّنَا»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from al-Hasan ibn Ali, from Abdullah ibn al-Barqi and Abu Ahmad, from some of our companions:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “It is proper for the servant, when he prays, to recite with measured tone (tartil). And when he passes by a verse that mentions Paradise or the Fire, he should ask Allah سبحانه وتعالى for Paradise and seek refuge in Allah سبحانه وتعالى from the Fire. And when he passes by ‘O people’ and ‘O you who believe’, he should say: ‘Labbayk, our Lord عز وجل.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 133
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَسْبَاطٍ عَنْ عَمِّهِ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ سَالِمٍ: أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَقُومُ مِنْ آخِرِ اَللَّيْلِ فَيَرْفَعُ صَوْتَهُ بِالْقُرْآنِ فَقَالَ« يَنْبَغِي لِلرَّجُلِ إِذَا صَلَّى فِي اَللَّيْلِ أَنْ يُسْمِعَ أَهْلَهُ لِكَيْ يَقُومَ اَلْقَائِمُ وَ يَتَحَرَّكَ اَلْمُتَحَرِّكُ»
Ahmad ibn Abi Abdillah, from some of our companions, from Ali ibn Asbat, from his uncle Ya‘qub ibn Salim:
He asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, about a man who rises at the end of the night and raises his voice with the Qur’an. Imam عليه السلام said: “It is proper for a man, when he prays at night, to make his voice heard by his family, so that the one who is already awake may rise and the one stirring may become active.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 133
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنِ اَلْحَجَّالِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْوَلِيدِ اَلْكِنْدِيِّ عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ أَوْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِنِّي أَقُومُ آخِرَ اَللَّيْلِ وَ أَخَافُ اَلصُّبْحَ قَالَ« اِقْرَأِ اَلْحَمْدَ وَ اِعْجَلِ اِعْجَلْ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Muhammad, from Muhammad ibn al-Husayn, from al-Hajjal, from Abdullah ibn al-Walid al-Kindi, from Isma‘il ibn Jabir or Abdullah ibn Sinan. He said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “I rise at the end of the night and I fear that dawn will come.” Imam عليه السلام said: “Recite al-Hamd and hurry, hurry.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 133
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
هذا الخبر محمول على من يغلب على ظنه انه يمكنه الفراغ من صلاة الليل قبل أن يطلع الفجر فاما مع الخوف من ذلك فالاولى أن يقدم الوتر ثم يقضي الثماني ركعات بعد ذلك يدل على ذلك ما رواه
This report is to be understood as applying to the one who strongly believes he will be able to complete the night prayer before the arrival of dawn. But if there is fear that he may not be able to do so, then it is preferable to perform the witr prayer first, and then make up the eight rak‘ahs afterward. What indicates this, which has been narrated:
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ عَامِرٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَهْزِيَارَ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ بْنِ أَيُّوبَ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ بُرَيْدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَقُومُ آخِرَ اَللَّيْلِ وَ هُوَ يَخْشَى أَنْ يَفْجَأَهُ اَلصُّبْحُ أَ يَبْدَأُ بِالْوَتْرِ أَوْ يُصَلِّي اَلصَّلاَةَ عَلَى وَجْهِهَا حَتَّى يَكُونَ اَلْوَتْرُ آخِرَ ذَلِكَ قَالَ« بَلْ يَبْدَأُ بِالْوَتْرِ» وَ قَالَ« أَنَا كُنْتُ فَاعِلاً ذَلِكَ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from al-Husayn ibn Muhammad, from Abdullah ibn ‘Amir, from Ali ibn Mahziyar, from Fadalah ibn Ayyub, from al-Qasim ibn Burayd, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, from Abu Ja‘far. said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about a man who rises at the end of the night and fears that dawn might surprise him, should he begin with the witr prayer or perform the prayer in its proper sequence so that the witr would be the last of it? Imam عليه السلام said: “Rather, he should begin with the witr.” And he (narrator) said: “I used to do that myself.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 134
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وإذا صلى أربع ركعات من صلاة الليل ثم أدركه الصبح جاز له أن يتم صلاة الليل ثم يصلي
And if he has prayed four rak‘ahs of the night prayer and then dawn reaches him, it is permissible for him to complete te night prayer and then perform Fajr prayer.
مَا رَوَاهُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْفَضْلِ اَلنَّحْوِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ اَلْأَحْوَلِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلنُّعْمَانِ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« إِذَا كُنْتَ صَلَّيْتَ أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ اَلْفَجْرِ فَأَتِمَّ اَلصَّلاَةَ طَلَعَ أَمْ لَمْ يَطْلُعْ»
What was narrated by Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from Muhammad ibn Isma‘il, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Abu al-Fadl al-Nahwi, from Abu Ja‘far al-Ahwal Muhammad ibn al-Nu‘man. He said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, said: “If you have prayed four rak‘ahs of the night prayer before the rising of dawn, then complete the prayer, whether dawn has risen or not.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 134
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
والافضل أن يعدل عن اتمام صلاة الليل الى صلاة الغداة ثم يصلي تمامها بعد الفراغ من صلاة الفجر يدل على ذلك ما رواه
And it is better that he shifts from completing the night prayer to performing the morning (Fajr) prayer, then completes the remainder of the night prayer after finishing the Fajr prayer. What indicates this is what was narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ اَلْبَزَّازِ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لَهُ أَقُومُ قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ بِقَلِيلٍ فَأُصَلِّي أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ ثُمَّ أَتَخَوَّفُ أَنْ يَنْفَجِرَ اَلْفَجْرُ أَبْدَأُ بِالْوَتْرِ أَوْ أُتِمُّ اَلرَّكَعَاتِ قَالَ« لاَ بَلْ أَوْتِرْ وَ أَخِّرِ اَلرَّكَعَاتِ حَتَّى تَقْضِيَهَا فِي صَدْرِ اَلنَّهَارِ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Muhammad ibn Sinan, from Ibn Muskan, from Ya‘qub al-Bazzaz. He said:
I said to Him عليه السلام: “I rise shortly before Fajr and pray four rak‘ahs, then I fear that dawn will break, should I begin with the witr or complete the rak‘ahs?” Imam عليه السلام said: “No, rather perform the witr and delay the rak‘ahs until you make them up in the early part of the day.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 134
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْبَرْقِيِّ عَنِ اَلْمَرْزُبَانِ بْنِ عِمْرَانَ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَقُومُ وَ قَدْ طَلَعَ اَلْفَجْرُ فَإِنْ أَنَا بَدَأْتُ بِالْفَجْرِ صَلَّيْتُهَا فِي أَوَّلِ وَقْتِهَا وَ إِنْ بَدَأْتُ فِي صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ وَ اَلْوَتْرِ صَلَّيْتُ اَلْفَجْرَ فِي وَقْتِ هَؤُلاَءِ فَقَالَ« اِبْدَأْ بِصَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ وَ اَلْوَتْرِ وَ لاَ تَجْعَلْ ذَلِكَ عَادَةً»
As for what was narrated by Sa‘d ibn Abdullah, from Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from al-Barqi, from al-Marzuban ibn ‘Imran, from ‘Umar ibn Yazid. He said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “I rise and the dawn has already appeared. If I begin with the Fajr prayer, I perform it at its earliest time; but if I begin with the night prayer and the witr, I end up praying Fajr at the time these people do (later).” So Imam عليه السلام said: “Begin with the night prayer and the witr, but do not make that a habit.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 134
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ اَلْمُبَارَكِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُذَافِرٍ عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَقُومُ وَ قَدْ طَلَعَ اَلْفَجْرُ وَ لَمْ أُصَلِّ صَلاَةَ اَللَّيْلِ فَقَالَ« صَلِّ صَلاَةَ اَللَّيْلِ وَ أَوْتِرْ وَ صَلِّ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn al-Husayn, from ‘Ammar ibn al-Mubarak, from Muhammad ibn ‘Udhafir, from Ishaq ibn ‘Ammar. He said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “I rise and the dawn has already appeared, and I have not yet performed the night prayer.” Imam عليه السلام said: “Perform the night prayer, and perform the witr, and perform the two rak‘ahs of Fajr.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 135
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فانما وردت هذه الاخبار رخصة في جواز تأخير صلاة الغداة عن أول الوقت الى آخره ويجوز ذلك إذا كان تأخيره إنما يكون للاشتغال بشئ من العبادات والافضل ما ذكرناه أن يصلي الغداة في أول وقتها ثم يقضي صلاة الليل والذي يكشف أيضا عما ذكرناه
These reports were only narrated as a concession permitting the delay of the morning (Fajr) prayer from its earliest time to its latest, and that is allowed if the delay is due to being engaged in some form of worship. However, the preferred course is what we have mentioned: to perform the Fajr prayer at its earliest time, then make up the night prayer afterward. And what further clarifies what we have stated is:
مَا رَوَاهُ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أُوتِرُ بَعْدَ مَا يَطْلُعُ اَلْفَجْرُ قَالَ« لاَ»
What was narrated by al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Fadalah, from Hammad, from Isma‘il ibn Jabir. He said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Shall I perform the witr after the dawn has risen?” Imam عليه السلام said: “No.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 135
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 192
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ اَلْحَسَنِ اَلصَّفَّارُ عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ عُثْمَانَ وَمُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُذَافِرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ وَاَلْوَتْرِ بَعْدَ طُلُوعِ اَلْفَجْرِ فَقَالَ« صَلِّهَا بَعْدَ اَلْفَجْرِ حَتَّى تَكُونَ فِي وَقْتٍ تُصَلِّي اَلْغَدَاةَ فِي آخِرِ وَقْتِهَا وَ لاَ تَعَمَّدْ ذَلِكَ كُلَّ لَيْلَةٍ» وَ قَالَ« أَوْتِرْ أَيْضاً بَعْدَ فَرَاغِكَ مِنْهَا»
Muhammad ibn al-Hasan al-Saffar, from Ya‘qub ibn Yazid, from ‘Amr ibn Uthman and Muhammad ibn ‘Umar ibn Yazid, from Muhammad ibn ‘Udhafir, from ‘Umar ibn Yazid, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام. He said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the night prayer and the witr after the rising of dawn. Imam عليه السلام said: “Pray it after Fajr, so long as it is still within the time when you can pray the morning prayer at its latest time. But do not make that your habit every night.” And Imam عليه السلام said: “Also perform the witr after you finish it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 135
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ اَلْحَجَّاجِ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلْقِرَاءَةِ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ فَقَالَ «كَانَ بَيْنِي وَ بَيْنَ أَبِي بَابٌ فَكَانَ أَبِي إِذَا صَلَّى يَقْرَأُ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» فِي ثَلاَثَتِهِنَّ وَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» فَإِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْهَا قَالَ« كَذَلِكَ اَللَّهُ رَبِّي أَوْ كَذَاكَ اَللَّهُ رَبِّي»»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Safwan, from Abd al-Rahman ibn al-Hajjaj. He said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the recitation in the witr prayer. Imam عليه السلام said: “There was a door between me and my father عليه السلام, and when my father عليه السلام would pray, He عليه السلام would recite ‘Surah Al Ikhlas’ in the three rak‘ahs of the witr. And when He عليه السلام finished reciting it, He عليه السلام would say: ‘Thus, Allah سبحانه وتعالى is my Lord عز وجل,’ or ‘That is how Allah سبحانه وتعالى is my Lord عز وجل.’”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 135
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنِ اَلْحَارِثِ بْنِ اَلْمُغِيرَةِ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ كَانَ أَبِي عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:«« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» تَعْدِلُ ثُلُثَ اَلْقُرْآنِ وَ كَانَ يُحِبُّ أَنْ يَجْمَعَهَا فِي اَلْوَتْرِ لِيَكُونَ اَلْقُرْآنَ كُلَّهُ»
And from him, from al-Nadr, from al-Halabi, from al-Harith ibn al-Mughirah:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “My father عليه السلام, peace be upon him, used to say: ‘Surah Al Ikhlas’ is equal to one-third of the Qur’an, and He عليه السلام used to love to combine it in the witr so that the entire Qur’an would be encompassed.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 135
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ يَقْطِينٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ اَلْعَبْدَ اَلصَّالِحَ عَنِ اَلْقِرَاءَةِ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ وَ قُلْتُ إِنَّ بَعْضاً رَوَى« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» فِي اَلثَّلاَثِ وَبَعْضاً رَوَى فِي اَلْأُولَيَيْنِ اَلْمُعَوِّذَتَيْنِ وَفِي اَلثَّالِثَةِ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» فَقَالَ« اِعْمَلْ بِالْمُعَوِّذَتَيْنِ وَ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ»
And from him, from Ya‘qub ibn Yaqtin. He said:
I asked the Righteous Servant (Abd al-Salih عليه السلام) about the recitation in the witr prayer. I asked: “Some have narrated ‘Surah Al Ikhlas’ in all three rak‘ahs, and some have narrated the ‘Mu‘awwidhatayn’ (Surah al-Falaq and Surah al-Nas) in the first two, and ‘Surah Al Ikhlas’ in the third.” Imam عليه السلام said: “Act upon the ‘Mu‘awwidhatayn’ and ‘Surah Al Ikhlas’.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 136
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
والتسليم في الركعتين من الثلاث ركعات لا يجوز تركه يدل على ذلك ما رواه
And the taslim (salutation) in the two rak‘ahs of the three rak‘ahs (of the witr set) is not to be omitted. What indicates this is what was narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ خَالِدٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «اَلْوَتْرُ ثَلاَثُ رَكَعَاتٍ يُفْصَلُ بَيْنَهُنَّ وَ يُقْرَأُ فِيهِنَّ جَمِيعاً بقل هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Uthman ibn ‘Isa, from Ibn Muskan, from Sulayman ibn Khalid:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The witr is three rak‘ahs, separated from one another, and ‘Surah Al Ikhlas’ is recited in all of them.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 136
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اَلْوَتْرُ ثَلاَثُ رَكَعَاتٍ ثِنْتَيْنِ مَفْصُولَةً وَ وَاحِدَةٍ»
And from him, from Hammad ibn Shu‘ayb, from Abu Basir:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The witr is three rak‘ahs, two separated and one (by itself).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 136
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلتَّسْلِيمُ فِي رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْوَتْرِ فَقَالَ« تُوقِظُ اَلرَّاقِدَ وَ تُكَلِّمُ بِالْحَاجَةِ»
And from him, from al-Nadr, from Muhammad ibn Abi Hamzah, from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar. He said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, regarding the taslim (salutation) in the two rak‘ahs of witr. Imam عليه السلام said: “You may wake the one who is sleeping and speak regarding a need.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 136
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ عَنْ أَبِي وَلاَّدٍ حَفْصِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلتَّسْلِيمِ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ فَقَالَ« نَعَمْ فَإِنْ كَانَ لَكَ حَاجَةٌ فَاخْرُجْ وَ اِقْضِهَا ثُمَّ عُدْ فَارْكَعْ رَكْعَةً»
And from him, from al-Nadr, from Muhammad ibn Abi Hamzah, from Abu Walad Hafs ibn Salim. He said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, about the taslim (salutation) in the two rak‘ahs of the witr. Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes. And if you have a need, then go out and take care of it, then return and perform one rak‘ah.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 136
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 192
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى وَ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ قَالَ لِي: «اِقْرَأْ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ فِي ثَلاَثَتِهِنَّ بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ سَلِّمْ فِي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ تُوقِظُ اَلرَّاقِدَ وَ تَأْمُرُ بِالصَّلاَةِ»
And from him, from Hammad ibn Isa and Fadalah, from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar. He said:
Imam عليه السلام said to me: “Recite in the witr, in all three rak‘ahs, ‘Surah Al Ikhlas’, and perform taslim in the two rak‘ahs. Wake the one who is asleep and command (them) to pray.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 136
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ أَبِي وَلاَّدٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« لاَ بَأْسَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ اَلرَّجُلُ اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ مِنَ اَلْوَتْرِ ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفَ فَيَقْضِيَ حَاجَتَهُ»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Abu Walad:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “There is no harm if a man prays the two rak‘ahs of the witr, then departs to fulfill his need.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 137
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 193
سَعْدٌ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَنِ اَلْبَرْقِيِّ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْفَضْلِ اَلنَّوْفَلِيِّ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ أَوْ غَيْرِهِ عَمَّنْ حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لَهُ أَفْصِلُ اَلْوَتْرَ فَقَالَ« نَعَمْ» قُلْتُ لَهُ إِنِّي رُبَّمَا عَطِشْتُ أَ فَأَشْرَبُ اَلْمَاءَ فَقَالَ «نَعَمْ»
Sa‘d, from Abu Ja‘far, from al-Barqi, from Abdullah ibn al-Fadl al-Nawfali, from Ali ibn Abi Hamzah, or someone else, from someone who narrated to him, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام. He said:
I said to Him عليه السلام: “Shall I separate the witr (into parts)?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.” I said to Him عليه السلام: “Sometimes I become thirsty, may I drink water (in between)?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 137
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنِ اَلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ مَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ بَزِيعٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُذَافِرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَ: فِيمَنِ اِنْصَرَفَ فِي اَلرَّكْعَةِ اَلثَّانِيَةِ مِنَ اَلْوَتْرِ هَلْ يَجُوزُ لَهُ أَنْ يَتَكَلَّمَ أَوْ يَخْرُجَ مِنَ اَلْمَسْجِدِ ثُمَّ يَعُودَ فَيُوتِرَ قَالَ« نَعَمْ تَصْنَعُ مَا تَشَاءُ وَ تَتَكَلَّمُ وَ تُحْدِثُ وُضُوءَكَ ثُمَّ تُتِمُّهَا قَبْلَ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ اَلْغَدَاةَ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub, from al-‘Abbas ibn Ma‘ruf, from Muhammad ibn Isma‘il ibn Bazi‘, from Muhammad ibn ‘Udhafir, from ‘Umar ibn Yazid:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام (was asked) regarding someone who leaves after the second rak‘ah of the witr, whether it is permissible for him to speak or leave the mosque and then return to complete the witr. Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes, you may do as you wish, you may speak, perform wudu again, and then complete it before you pray the morning (Fajr) prayer.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 137
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنِ اَلْبَرْقِيِّ عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ اَلْأَشْعَرِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ اَلرِّضَا عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلْوَتْرِ أَ فَصْلٌ أَمْ وَصْلٌ قَالَ« فَصْلٌ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from al-Barqi, from Sa‘d ibn Sa‘d al-Ash‘ari, from Abu al-Hasan al-Ridha, peace be upon him. He said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the witr, should it be separated or connected? Imam عليه السلام said: “Separated.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 137
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ اَلْفَضْلِ اَلنَّوْفَلِيِّ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ وَ غَيْرِهِ عَنْ بَعْضِ مَشِيخَتِهِ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَفْصِلُ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ قَالَ« نَعَمْ» قُلْتُ فَإِنِّي رُبَّمَا عَطِشْتُ فَأَشْرَبُ اَلْمَاءَ قَالَ« نَعَمْ وَ اِنْكِحْ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya, from Abu Ja‘far, from his father, from Abdullah ibn al-Fadl al-Nawfali, from Ali ibn Abi Hamzah and others, from some of his teachers. He said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Shall I separate (the rak‘ahs) in the witr?” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes.” I asked: “Sometimes I become thirsty, so I drink water.” Imam عليه السلام said: “Yes, and (even) marry (if you wish).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 137
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلتَّسْلِيمِ فِي رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْوَتْرِ فَقَالَ« إِنْ شِئْتَ سَلَّمْتَ وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ لَمْ تُسَلِّمْ»
As for what was narrated by al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from al-Nadr, from Muhammad ibn Abi Hamzah, from Ya‘qub ibn Shu‘ayb. He said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the taslim (salutation) in the two rak‘ahs of the witr. Imam عليه السلام said: “If you wish, you may say the taslim, and if you wish, you may omit it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 137
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وعنه عن النضر عن محمد بن أبي حمزة عن معاوية بن عمار قال قلت لابي عبد الله عليه السلام اسلم في ركعتي الوتر؟ فقال إن شئت سلمت وإن شئت لم تسلم
And from him, from al-Nadr, from Muhammad ibn Abi Hamzah, from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar. He said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام: “Shall I say the taslim in the two rak‘ahs of the witr?” Imam عليه السلام said: “If you wish, you may say the taslim, and if you wish, you may omit it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 137
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ عَنْ كُرْدَوَيْهِ اَلْهَمْدَانِيِّ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ اَلْعَبْدَ اَلصَّالِحَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلْوَتْرِ فَقَالَ« صِلْهُ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Ziyad, from Kurdawayh al-Hamdani. He said:
I asked the Righteous Servant (Abd al Salih عليه السلام), peace be upon him, about the witr. Imam عليه السلام said: “Connect it.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 138
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 193
فان هذه الروايات ليست منافية لما ذكرناه لانها تضمنت التخيير في التسليم ومن يقول بصلتها فانه لا يجوز التسليم فيها على وجه وإذا كان فيها الاختيار فنحن نحمله على التسليم المخصوص وهو ان عندنا ان من قال السلام علينا وعلى عباد الله الصالحين في التشهد فقد انقطعت صلاته فان قال بعد ذلك السلام عليكم ورحمة الله جاز وإن لم يقل جاز أيضا فكان التخيير إنما تناول هذا الضرب من التسليم ولو كان فيها صريح بالنهي عن التسليم لم يجب العمل بها لان ما أثبتناه في وجوب التسليم من الاخبار اكثر ولا يجوز العدول عن الاكثر الى الاقل الا لدليل يمنع منه ويجوز أن تكون هذه الاخبار خرجت على طريق التقية لانها موافقة لمذاهب العامة وما يخرج على هذا الوجه لا يجب العمل به ويحتمل أن يكون أراد بالتسليم ما يستباح بالتسليم من الكلام وغيره واجري عليه هذه التسمية لانه سبب في اباحته وهذا الكلام مما الانسان مخير فيه إن شاء تكلم وإن شاء ابتدأ في الوتر من غير كلام والذي يكشف عما ذكرناه أخيرا ما رواه
For these narrations are not contradictory to what we have mentioned, because they contain the element of choice regarding the taslim (salutation). And for the one who connects the rak‘ahs (without separating them), then it is not permissible for him to perform the taslim in that form. And when there is choice involved, we interpret it to refer to the specific form of taslim, according to us, whoever says ‘Peace be upon us and upon the righteous servants of Allah سبحانه وتعالى ‘ in the tashahhud, his prayer is cut off; and if after that he says ‘Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allah سبحانه وتعالى ‘, it is permissible, and if he does not say it, that is also permissible. Thus, the choice pertains to this type of taslim. And if there were a clear prohibition of taslim in those reports, it would not be obligatory to act upon them, because the narrations establishing the obligation of taslim are more numerous, and it is not permissible to abandon the greater number for the lesser unless there is a clear proof requiring it. It is also possible that these reports were issued by way of taqiyya (precautionary dissimulation), because they conform with the views of the general public (non-Shia jurists), and whatever is issued in such a manner is not obligatory to act upon. It is also possible that by "taslim" was meant the permission to speak and other such acts that become allowed through taslim, and that it was referred to as “taslim” because it serves as the cause for that permission. This type of statement is something in which the person is given a choice, if he wishes, he may speak, and if he wishes, he may begin the witr without speaking. And what further clarifies what we have just mentioned is what was narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ عَنْ مَوْلًى لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ قَالَ:« رَكْعَتَا اَلْوَتْرِ إِنْ شَاءَ تَكَلَّمَ بَيْنَهُمَا وَ بَيْنَ اَلثَّالِثَةِ وَ إِنْ شَاءَ لَمْ يَفْصِلْ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Safwan, from Mansur, from a servant of Abu Ja‘far, peace be upon him. He said:
Imam عليه السلام said: “The two rak‘ahs of the witr, if he wishes, he may speak between them and the third rak‘ah, and if he wishes, he may not separate them.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 138
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال الشيخ رحمه الله ويستحب أن يدعو الانسان في الوتر بهذا الدعاء وذكر الدعاء الى آخره الى قوله ثم يصلي ركعتي الفجر فلم نشتغل بتخريج أسانيد الدعاء لان الاشتغال بغيره أولى ومن أراد أن يقف على الدعاء نفسه فليأخذ من الكتاب ومما ورد في الحث على الدعاء في الوتر
The Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: ‘And it is recommended that a person supplicate in the witr with this supplication’ and he mentioned the supplication to its end, up to his statement: ‘then he performs the two rak‘ahs of Fajr.’ We did not occupy ourselves with tracing the chains of transmission of the supplication, as attending to other matters was more appropriate. And whoever wishes to see the supplication itself, let him refer to the book. As for what has been narrated encouraging supplication in the witr:
مَا رَوَاهُ اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:« فِي قَوْلِ اَللَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ« وَ بِالْأَسْحٰارِ هُمْ يَسْتَغْفِرُونَ» فِي اَلْوَتْرِ فِي آخِرِ اَللَّيْلِ سَبْعِينَ مَرَّةً»
What was narrated by al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Fadalah, from Mu‘awiyah ibn ‘Ammar. He said:
I heard Abu Abdillah عليه السلام say regarding the saying of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic: ‘And in the hours before dawn they would seek forgiveness’ (Surah Dhariyat 51:18), this refers to the witr, at the end of the night, seventy times.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 139
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 193
وَعَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ أَبَانٍ عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ اَلْفَضْلِ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَمَّا أَقُولُ فِي وَتْرِي فَقَالَ «مَا قَضَى اَللَّهُ عَلَى لِسَانِكَ وَ قَدَّرَهُ»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Aban, from Isma‘il ibn al-Fadl. He said: I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, about what I should say in my witr. He said: “Whatever Allah سبحانه وتعالى causes to be spoken on your tongue and has decreed.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 139
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 193
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ قَالَ لِيَ:« اِسْتَغْفِرِ اَللَّهَ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ سَبْعِينَ مَرَّةً»
And from him, from Safwan, from Mansur, from Abu Abdillah عليه السلام. He said:
Imam عليه السلام said to me: “Seek forgiveness from Allah سبحانه وتعالى, Mighty and Majestic, in the witr seventy times.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 139
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 193
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ حُسَيْنِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ سَمَاعَةَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لَهُ« اَلْمُسْتَغْفِرِينَ بِالْأَسْحٰارِ» فَقَالَ «اِسْتَغْفَرَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ فِي وَتْرِهِ سَبْعِينَ مَرَّةً»
And from him, from Fadalah, from Husayn ibn ‘Uthman, from Sama‘ah, from Abu Basir who said:
I said to him: “(about) Those who seek forgiveness at dawn” (Surah Aal ‘Imran 3:17) & (Surah Dhariyat 51:18). He said: “The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, blessings of Allah سبحانه وتعالى be upon him and his family, sought forgiveness in his Witr prayer seventy times.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 139
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 193
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَمَّادٍ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: عَنِ اَلْقُنُوتِ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ هَلْ فِيهِ شَيْءٌ مُوَقَّتٌ يُتَّبَعُ وَ يُقَالُ فَقَالَ« لاَ أَثْنِ عَلَى اَللَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ وَ صَلِّ عَلَى اَلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ وَ اِسْتَغْفِرْ لِذَنْبِكَ اَلْعَظِيمِ» ثُمَّ قَالَ« كُلُّ ذَنْبٍ عَظِيمٌ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub, from Ali ibn Ibrahim, from his father, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from Hammad, from al-Halabi:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام (was asked) regarding the Qunoot in Witr, is there anything fixed in it that should be followed and said? Imam عليه السلام said: “No. Praise Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Mighty and Majestic, and send blessings upon the Prophet, blessings of Allah سبحانه وتعالى be upon him and his family, and seek forgiveness for your great sins.” Then Imam عليه السلام said: “Every sin is great.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 139
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَعَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ مُعَلَّى بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ أَبَانٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« اَلْقُنُوتُ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ اَلاِسْتِغْفَارُ وَ فِي اَلْفَرِيضَةِ اَلدُّعَاءُ»
And from him, from al-Husayn ibn Muhammad, from Mu‘alla ibn Muhammad, from Aban, from Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Abdillah who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “The Qunoot in Witr is seeking forgiveness, and in the obligatory prayer it is supplication.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 139
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« تَدْعُو فِي اَلْوَتْرِ عَلَى اَلْعَدُوِّ وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ سَمَّيْتَهُمْ وَ تَسْتَغْفِرُ وَ تَرْفَعُ يَدَيْكَ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ حِيَالَ وَجْهِكَ وَ إِنْ شِئْتَ تَحْتَ ثَوْبِكَ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad, from al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Abdullah ibn Sinan:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: “In the Witr, you supplicate against the enemy, and if you wish, you may mention them by name. And you seek forgiveness, and you raise your hands in the Witr in front of your face, and if you wish, under your garment.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 139
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حَدِيدٍ وَ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي نَجْرَانَ وَ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ حَرِيزٍ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يُجْزِيكَ مِنَ اَلْقُنُوتِ خَمْسُ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ فِي تَرَسُّلٍ»
And from him, from Ali ibn Hadid, and Abd al-Rahman ibn Abi Najran, and al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Hariz, from some of our companions:
Abu Ja‘far, peace be upon him, said: “Five Tasbihs with calm recitation suffice you for Qunoot.”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 140
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى أَبَانُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ عَنِ اَلْحَلَبِيِّ: أَنَّهُ قَالَ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أُسَمِّي اَلْأَئِمَّةَ عَلَيهِمُ اَلسَّلاَمُ فِي اَلصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ« أَجْمِلْهُمْ»
And Aban ibn Uthman narrated from Al-Halabi:
He (narrator) said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him: "I mention the names of the Imams عليه السلام, peace be upon them, in the prayer." Imam عليه السلام said: "Summarize them."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 140
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَحْبُوبٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ خَالِدٍ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ فَضَّالٍ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ مُصَدِّقِ بْنِ صَدَقَةَ عَنْ عَمَّارٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: عَنِ اَلرَّجُلِ يَنْسَى اَلْقُنُوتَ فِي اَلْوَتْرِ أَوْ غَيْرِ اَلْوَتْرِ قَالَ «لَيْسَ عَلَيْهِ شَيْءٌ» وَ قَالَ« إِنْ ذَكَرَهُ وَ قَدْ أَهْوَى إِلَى اَلرُّكُوعِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى اَلرُّكْبَتَيْنِ فَلْيَرْجِعْ قَائِماً وَ لْيَقْنُتْ ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ وَ إِنْ وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى اَلرُّكْبَتَيْنِ فَلْيَمْضِ فِي صَلاَتِهِ وَ لَيْسَ عَلَيْهِ شَيْءٌ»
Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Mahbub from Ali ibn Khalid from Ahmad ibn Al-Hasan ibn Ali ibn Faddal from Amr ibn Sa‘id from Musaddiq ibn Sadaqah from ‘Ammar:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, (was asked) regarding the man who forgets the Qunoot in the Witr prayer or in other than the Witr. Imam عليه السلام said: "There is nothing upon him." And Imam عليه السلام said: "If he remembers it while he has already moved toward the bowing (ruku‘) before placing his hands on his knees, then let him return to a standing position and recite the Qunoot, then bow. But if he has placed his hands on his knees, then let him continue in his prayer, and there is nothing upon him."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 140
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اَلْعَزِيزِ قَالَ حَدَّثَنِي بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِنَا قَالَ: كَانَ أَبُو اَلْحَسَنِ اَلْأَوَّلُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ عَنْ آخِرِ رَكْعَةِ اَلْوَتْرِ قَالَ« هَذَا مَقَامُ مَنْ حَسَنَاتُهُ نِعْمَةٌ مِنْكَ وَ شُكْرُهُ ضَعِيفٌ وَ ذَنْبُهُ عَظِيمٌ وَ لَيْسَ لِذَلِكَ إِلاَّ رِفْقُكَ وَ رَحْمَتُكَ فَإِنَّكَ قُلْتَ فِي كِتَابِكَ اَلْمُنْزَلِ عَلَى نَبِيِّكَ اَلْمُرْسَلِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ« كٰانُوا قَلِيلاً مِنَ اَللَّيْلِ مٰا يَهْجَعُونَ` وَ بِالْأَسْحٰارِ هُمْ يَسْتَغْفِرُونَ» طَالَ هُجُوعِي وَ قَلَّ قِيَامِي وَ هَذَا اَلسَّحَرُ وَ أَنَا أَسْتَغْفِرُكَ لِذُنُوبِي اِسْتِغْفَارَ مَنْ لاَ يَجِدُ لِنَفْسِهِ ضَرّاً وَ لاَ نَفْعاً وَ لاَ مَوْتاً وَ لاَ حَيَاةً وَ لاَ نُشُوراً ثُمَّ يَخِرُّ سَاجِداً»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Muhammad from Sahl ibn Ziyad from Ahmad ibn Abdul-Aziz, who said: One of our companions narrated to me, saying:
Abu al-Hasan al Awwal (the First) عليه السلام, peace be upon him, when He عليه السلام raised his head from the final rak‘ah of the Witr prayer, used to say: "This is the position of one whose good deeds are a blessing from You, and whose gratitude is weak, and whose sin is great, and there is no refuge for that except in Your عز وجل gentleness and Your عز وجل mercy. For indeed, You عز وجل said in Your عز وجل revealed Book, which was sent down upon Your عز وجل sent Prophet, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family: ‘They used to sleep but little of the night, and in the hours before dawn they would seek forgiveness’ (Surah Dhariyat 51:17–18). My sleep has been long, and my standing (in prayer) has been little, and now is the time before dawn, and I am seeking Your عز وجل forgiveness for my sins, seeking forgiveness like one who finds no harm or benefit for his own self, nor death, nor life, nor resurrection." Then He عليه السلام would fall into prostration.
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 140
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال الشيخ رحمه الله ثم ليصل ركعتي الفجر الى قوله وليضطجع
The Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: "Then let him perform the two rak‘ahs of the Fajr (supererogatory) prayer" until his statement: "And let him lie down."
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلرَّكْعَتَانِ اَللَّتَانِ قَبْلَ اَلْغَدَاةِ أَيْنَ مَوْضِعُهُمَا فَقَالَ« قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ اَلْفَجْرِ فَإِذَا طَلَعَ اَلْفَجْرُ فَقَدْ دَخَلَ وَقْتُ اَلْغَدَاةِ»
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub from Ali ibn Ibrahim from his father from Ibn Abi Umayr from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah from Zurarah, who said:
I said to Abu Ja‘far, peace be upon him: "The two rak‘ahs that are before the dawn (al-ghadah) prayer, what is their time?" Imam عليه السلام said: "Before the rising of the dawn. So when the dawn rises, then the time of the dawn prayer has entered."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 141
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَهْزِيَارَ قَالَ: قَرَأْتُ فِي كِتَابِ رَجُلٍ إِلَى أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلرَّكْعَتَانِ اَللَّتَانِ قَبْلَ صَلاَةِ اَلْفَجْرِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ هِيَ أَمْ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَلنَّهَارِ وَ فِي أَيِّ وَقْتٍ أُصَلِّيهِمَا فَكَتَبَ بِخَطِّهِ« اُحْشُوهُمَا فِي صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ حَشْواً»
And from him, from Ali ibn Muhammad, from Sahl ibn Ziyad, from Ali ibn Mahziyar, who said:
I (Ali ibn Mahziyar) read in the letter of a man to Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, asking: "The two rak‘ahs before the Fajr prayer, are they from the night prayer or from the day prayer? And at what time should I perform them?" So He عليه السلام wrote in his own handwriting: "Insert them into the night prayer as an insertion."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 141
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي نَصْرٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ اَلرِّضَا عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنْ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ فَقَالَ« اُحْشُوا بِهِمَا صَلاَةَ اَللَّيْلِ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Nasr, who said:
I asked (Imam) al-Ridha عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about the two rak‘ahs of Fajr. Imam عليه السلام said: "Insert them into the night prayer."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 141
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 193
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ عَنْ زُرْعَةَ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ رَكْعَتَا اَلْفَجْرِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ هِيَ قَالَ« نَعَمْ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from al-Hasan from Zur‘ah from Ibn Muskan from Abu Basir from Abu Abdillah, peace be upon him, who said:
I asked (Imam عليه السلام): "Are the two rak‘ahs of Fajr from the night prayer?" Imam عليه السلام said: "Yes."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 141
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 194
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنْ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ أَوْ بَعْدَ اَلْفَجْرِ فَقَالَ« قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ إِنَّهُمَا مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ ثَلاَثَ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً صَلاَةُ اَللَّيْلِ أَ تُرِيدُ أَنْ تُقَايِسَ لَوْ كَانَ عَلَيْكَ مِنْ شَهْرِ رَمَضَانَ أَ كُنْتَ تَتَطَوَّعُ إِذَا دَخَلَ عَلَيْكَ وَقْتُ اَلْفَرِيضَةِ فَابْدَأْ بِالْفَرِيضَةِ»
And from him, from al-Nadr, from Hisham ibn Salim, from Zurarah, from Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about the two rak‘ahs of Fajr, are they before the Fajr or after the Fajr? Imam عليه السلام said: "Before the Fajr, for they are from the night prayer. Thirteen rak‘ahs is the night prayer. Do you want to compare? If there was something due upon you from the month of Ramadan, would you perform voluntary prayers after the time of the obligatory prayer has entered? Begin with the obligatory prayer."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 141
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنْ هِشَامٍ عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ خَالِدٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنِ اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ قَالَ« تَرْكَعُهُمَا حِينَ تَتْرُكُ اَلْغَدَاةَ إِنَّهُمَا قَبْلَ اَلْغَدَاةِ»
And from him, from al-Nadr, from Hisham, from Sulayman ibn Khalid, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about the two rak‘ahs before Fajr. Imam عليه السلام said: "You perform them when you are about to leave off the dawn prayer; indeed, they are before the dawn prayer."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 142
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَمْزَةَ بْنِ بِيضٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنْ أَوَّلِ وَقْتِ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ فَقَالَ« سُدُسُ اَللَّيْلِ اَلْبَاقِي»
And from him, from Hammad ibn ‘Isa, from Muhammad ibn Hamzah ibn Bayd, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said:
I asked Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام about the beginning time of the two rak‘ahs of Fajr. Imam عليه السلام said: "The last sixth of the night."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 142
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
سَعْدٌ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي نَصْرٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي اَلْحَسَنِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ أُصَلِّيهِمَا قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ أَوْ بَعْدَ اَلْفَجْرِ فَقَالَ قَالَ أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ« اُحْشُ بِهِمَا صَلاَةَ اَللَّيْلِ وَ صَلِّهِمَا قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ»
Sa‘d from Ahmad ibn Muhammad from Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Nasr, who said:
I said to Abu al-Hasan عليه السلام, peace be upon him: "The two rak‘ahs of Fajr, should I perform them before Fajr or after Fajr?" He (narrator) said: “Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام said: "Insert them into the night prayer, and perform them before Fajr."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 142
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 194
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ سَيْفٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ اَلْحَضْرَمِيِّ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فَقُلْتُ مَتَى أُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ فَقَالَ« حِينَ يَعْتَرِضُ اَلْفَجْرُ وَ هُوَ اَلَّذِي تُسَمِّيهِ اَلْعَرَبُ اَلصَّدِيعَ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from Ali ibn al-Hakam from Sayf from Abu Bakr al-Hadrami, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, and said: "When should I perform the two rak‘ahs of Fajr?" Imam عليه السلام said: "When the dawn appears across the horizon, and that is what the Arabs call 'al-Sadi‘ (the splitter of the night).”
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 142
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فأما ما روي من أن وقتهما مع الفجر أو بعد الفجر مثل ما رواه
As for what has been narrated that their time is with the Fajr or after the Fajr, such as what has been narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ: «صَلِّ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ بَعْدَهُ وَ عِنْدَهُ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadalah from Hammad ibn Uthman from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said:
I heard Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام say: "Perform the two rak‘ahs of Fajr before the Fajr, and after it, and at its time."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 143
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ رَوَى عَنْ صَفْوَانَ عَنِ اَلْعَلاَءِ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي يَعْفُورٍ وَ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حُمْرَانَ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي يَعْفُورٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنْ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ مَتَى أُصَلِّيهِمَا فَقَالَ« قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ مَعَهُ وَ بَعْدَهُ»
And it has been narrated from Safwan from al-‘Alaa from Ibn Abi Ya‘fur, and from Muhammad ibn Abi Umayr from Muhammad ibn Humran from Ibn Abi Ya‘fur, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام about the two rak‘ahs of Fajr, when should I perform them? Imam عليه السلام said: "Before the Fajr, and with it, and after it."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 143
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« صَلِّهِمَا مَعَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ قَبْلَهُ وَ بَعْدَهُ»
And from him, from Muhammad ibn Sinan, from Ibn Muskan, from Muhammad ibn Muslim:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام said: "Perform them with the Fajr, and before it, and after it."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 143
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ بِهَذَا اَلْإِسْنَادِ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ سَالِمٍ اَلْبَزَّازِ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« صَلِّهِمَا بَعْدَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ اِقْرَأْ فِيهِمَا فِي اَلْأُولَى« قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ» وَ فِي اَلثَّانِيَةِ« قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ»
And with this chain of transmission, from Ibn Muskan from Ya‘qub ibn Salim al-Bazzaz, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: "Perform them after the Fajr, and recite in the first one ‘Surah Al-Kafirun’ and in the second one ‘Surah Al-Ikhlas’."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 143
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أُذَيْنَةَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ عَنْ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ قَالَ« صَلِّهِمَا قَبْلَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ مَعَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ بَعْدَ اَلْفَجْرِ»
And from him, from Ibn Abi Umayr, from ‘Umar ibn Udhaynah, from Muhammad ibn Muslim, who said:
I asked Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, about the two rak‘ahs of Fajr. Imam عليه السلام said: "Perform them before the Fajr, and with the Fajr, and after the Fajr."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 143
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ وَ اِبْنِ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَلرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ اَلْحَجَّاجِ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« صَلِّهِمَا بَعْدَ مَا يَطْلُعُ اَلْفَجْرُ»
And from him, from Safwan and Ibn Abi Umayr, from Abdur-Rahman ibn al-Hajjaj, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: "Perform them after the Fajr has risen."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 143
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فليس بين هذه الاحاديث وبين ما قدمناه قبلها تناقض لان التخيير والامر بالصلاة بعد الفجر ومع الفجر في هذه الاخبار إنما توجه الى من لم يدرك أن يحشوهما في صلاة الليل وليس في شئ منها انه لا يجوز قبل الفجر بل في كثير منها انه يصلي قبل وبعد ومع ويحتمل أيضا أن يكون المراد بقوله مع الفجر وبعد الفجر الفجر الاول وهو الذي يطلع صعدا دون أن يكون المراد به الفجر الثاني الذي ينتشر في افق السماء والذي يكشف عما ذكرناه ما رواه
There is no contradiction between these narrations and those that we presented earlier, because the allowance and the command to perform the prayer after Fajr and with Fajr in these reports is directed to the one who was not able to include them within the night prayer. And none of these reports state that it is not permissible to perform them before Fajr; rather, in many of them, it is stated that one may perform them before, after, and with it. It is also possible that what is meant by “with Fajr” and “after Fajr” is the first dawn (al-fajr al-awwal), which rises vertically, and not the second dawn (al-fajr al-thani), which spreads across the horizon of the sky. What clarifies what we have mentioned is what was narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ عَمَّنْ أَخْبَرَهُ عَنْهُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: «صَلِّ اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ مَا بَيْنَكَ وَ بَيْنَ أَنْ يَكُونَ اَلضَّوْءُ حِذَاءَ رَأْسِكَ فَإِنْ كَانَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ فَابْدَأْ بِالْفَجْرِ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Muhammad ibn Sinan from Ibn Muskan from Ishaq ibn ‘Ammar from someone who informed him:
He, peace be upon him, said: "Perform the two rak‘ahs while the light is still between you and being level with your head. If it is after that, then begin with the Fajr prayer."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 144
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنِ اَلْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ أَبِي اَلْعَلاَءِ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ اَلرَّجُلُ يَقُومُ وَ قَدْ نَوَّرَ بِالْغَدَاةِ قَالَ« فَلْيُصَلِّ اَلسَّجْدَتَيْنِ اَللَّتَيْنِ قَبْلَ اَلْغَدَاةِ ثُمَّ لْيُصَلِّ اَلْغَدَاةَ»
And from him, from al-Qasim ibn Muhammad, from al-Husayn ibn Abi al-‘Ala’, who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him: "A man rises and the light of dawn has already appeared." Imam عليه السلام said: "Then let him perform the two prostrations (the two rak‘ahs) that are before the dawn prayer, and then let him perform the dawn (Fajr) prayer."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 144
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فبين بهذين الخبرين ان المراد بتلك الاحاديث الفجر الاول لان الحديث الاول قال فيه ما بينك وبين أن يكون الضوء حذاء رأسك وهذا اشارة الى الفجر الاول الذي يطلع صعدا وكذلك الحديث الآخر الذي قال فيه الرجل يقوم وقد نور بالغداة فانه اشارة الى ضوء يسير والفجر الثاني لا يكون كذلك بل يكون ضوؤه منتشرا كثيرا في افق السماء ويحتمل أن يكون هذه الاخبار وردت لضرب من التقية مع تسليم ان الفجر فيها المراد به الفجر الثاني لان عند مخالفينا ان هاتين الركعتين لا يصليان إلا بعد طلوع الفجر الثاني والذي يكشف عما ذكرناه ما رواه
Thus, through these two reports, it becomes clear that what is meant by those narrations is the first Fajr, because the first narration says, "between you and the light being level with your head," which is a reference to the first dawn that rises vertically. Likewise, the other narration in which it is said, "a man rises and there is already light at dawn," is a reference to a slight illumination, whereas the second dawn is not like that; rather, its light is widely spread across the horizon of the sky. It is also possible that these reports were issued as a form of ‘taqiyyah’ (precautionary dissimulation), even with the admission that the Fajr mentioned in them refers to the second Fajr, because according to our opponents, these two rak‘ahs are not to be performed except after the appearance of the second dawn. What clarifies what we have mentioned is what was narrated:
أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ عَنْ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ مَتَى أُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ قَالَ فَقَالَ لِي« بَعْدَ طُلُوعِ اَلْفَجْرِ» قُلْتُ لَهُ إِنَّ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ أَمَرَنِي أَنْ أُصَلِّيَهُمَا قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ اَلْفَجْرِ فَقَالَ« يَا أَبَا مُحَمَّدٍ إِنَّ اَلشِّيعَةَ أَتَوْا أَبِي مُسْتَرْشِدِينَ فَأَفْتَاهُمْ بِمُرِّ اَلْحَقِّ وَأَتَوْنِي شُكَّاكاً فَأَفْتَيْتُهُمْ بِالتَّقِيَّةِ»
Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Isa from Ali ibn al-Hakam from Ali ibn Abi Hamzah from Abu Basir, who said:
I said to Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him: "When should I perform the two rak‘ahs of Fajr?" Imam عليه السلام said to me: "After the rising of the Fajr." I said to Him عليه السلام: "Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام instructed me to perform them before the rising of the Fajr." So He (Imam al-Sadiq عليه السلام) said: "O Abu Muhammad, the Shia came to my father (Imam al-Baqir عليه السلام) seeking guidance, so He عليه السلام gave them a fatwa with the pure truth. But they came to me full of doubt, so I gave them a fatwa based on ‘taqiyyah’ (precautionary dissimulation)."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 145
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فَأَمَّا مَا رَوَاهُ اِبْنُ أَبِي عُمَيْرٍ عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« رُبَّمَا صَلَّيْتُهُمَا وَ عَلَيَّ لَيْلٌ فَإِنْ قُمْتُ وَ لَمْ يَطْلُعِ اَلْفَجْرُ أَعَدْتُهُمَا»
As for what was narrated by Ibn Abi Umayr from Hammad ibn ‘Uthman, who said:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: "Sometimes I perform them while it is still night upon me, so if I rise and the Fajr has not yet appeared, I repeat them."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 145
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ مَا رَوَاهُ صَفْوَانُ عَنِ اِبْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ:« إِنِّي لَأُصَلِّي صَلاَةَ اَللَّيْلِ فَأَفْرُغُ مِنْ صَلاَتِي وَ أُصَلِّي اَلرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فَأَنَامُ مَا شَاءَ اَللَّهُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَطْلُعَ اَلْفَجْرُ فَإِنِ اِسْتَيْقَظْتُ عِنْدَ اَلْفَجْرِ أَعَدْتُهُمَا»
And what was narrated by Safwan from Ibn Bukayr from Zurarah, who said:
I heard Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام say: "Indeed, I perform the night prayer, and I finish my prayer and perform the two rak‘ahs, then I sleep for as long as Allah سبحانه وتعالى wills before the Fajr rises. Then if I wake at the time of Fajr, I repeat them."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 145
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
فان هذين الخبرين وردا فيمن صلى هاتين الركعتين وعليه قطعة من الليل قبل طلوع الفجر الاول فحينئذ ينبغي له أن يعيد الركعتين ويحتمل ايضا أن يكون ابو جعفر وابو عبد الله عليهما السلام اعادا ذلك على طريق الاستحباب وليس في الخبرين انكم إذا فعلتم ذلك والامر على ذلك اعيدوهما ثانيا فاما القراءة فيهما فقد روى
For indeed, these two reports concern the one who performs these two rak‘ahs while a portion of the night still remains, before the rising of the first Fajr. In that case, it is appropriate for him to repeat the two rak‘ahs. It is also possible that Abu Ja‘far and Abu Abdillah, peace be upon them both, repeated them as a recommended act, and there is nothing in the two reports stating that if you do this, and the matter is such, then you must repeat them. As for the recitation in them, it has been narrated:
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنِ اِبْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« اِقْرَأْ فِي رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ بِأَيِّ سُورَتَيْنِ أَحْبَبْتَ» وَ قَالَ «أَمَّا أَنَا فَأُحِبُّ أَنْ أَقْرَأَ فِيهِمَا بِ«قُلْ هُوَ اَللّٰهُ أَحَدٌ» وَ «قُلْ يٰا أَيُّهَا اَلْكٰافِرُونَ»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from al-Nadr from Ibn Sinan: Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: "Recite in the two rak‘ahs of Fajr any two Surahs that you love." And Imam عليه السلام said: "As for me, I love to recite in them ‘Surah Al Ikhlas’ and ‘Surah Al-Kafirun’."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 145
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 194
قال الشيخ رحمه الله ثم ليضطجع على جنبه الايمن الى قوله فإذا طلع الفجر واستبان
The Shaykh (Al-Mufid), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى support him, said: "Then let him lie down on his right side" until his statement: "Then when the Fajr appears clearly and becomes distinct."
اَلْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ فَضَالَةَ عَنْ حُسَيْنِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ وَمُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ مُسْكَانَ عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ خَالِدٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَمَّا أَقُولُ إِذَا اِضْطَجَعْتُ عَلَى يَمِينِي بَعْدَ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ فَقَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ« اِقْرَأِ اَلْخَمْسَ آيَاتٍ اَلَّتِي فِي آخِرِ آلِ عِمْرَانَ إِلَى« إِنَّكَ لاٰ تُخْلِفُ اَلْمِيعٰادَ» وَ قُلِ اِسْتَمْسَكْتُ بِعُرْوَةِ اَللَّهِ اَلْوُثْقَى اَلَّتِي« لاَ اِنْفِصٰامَ لَهٰا» وَ اِعْتَصَمْتُ بِحَبْلِ اَللَّهِ اَلْمَتِينِ وَ أَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنْ شَرِّ فَسَقَةِ اَلْعَرَبِ وَ اَلْعَجَمِ آمَنْتُ بِاللَّهِ« تَوَكَّلْتُ عَلَى اَللّٰهِ» أَلْجَأْتُ ظَهْرِي إِلَى اَللَّهِ فَوَّضْتُ« أَمْرِي إِلَى اَللّٰهِ»« وَ مَنْ يَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى اَللّٰهِ فَهُوَ حَسْبُهُ إِنَّ اَللّٰهَ بٰالِغُ أَمْرِهِ قَدْ جَعَلَ اَللّٰهُ لِكُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدْراً» حَسْبِيَ« اَللّٰهُ وَ نِعْمَ اَلْوَكِيلُ» اَللَّهُمَّ مَنْ أَصْبَحَتْ حَاجَتُهُ إِلَى مَخْلُوقٍ فَإِنَّ حَاجَتِي وَ رَغْبَتِي إِلَيْكَ اَلْحَمْدُ لِرَبِّ اَلصَّبَاحِ اَلْحَمْدُ لِفَالِقِ اَلْإِصْبَاحِ ثَلاَثاً»
Al-Husayn ibn Sa‘id from Fadalah from Husayn ibn Uthman from Ibn Muskan, and Muhammad ibn Sinan from Ibn Muskan from Sulayman ibn Khalid, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام what I should say when I lie on my right side after the two rak‘ahs of Fajr. Abu Abdillah عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: "Recite the five verses at the end of Surah Al ‘Imran, until ‘'Indeed, You do not break the promise.'‘ (Surah Al-'Imran 3:190-194). Then say: I have held fast to the firm handhold of Allah سبحانه وتعالى which ‘never breaks’, and I have taken refuge with the strong rope of Allah سبحانه وتعالى. I seek refuge in Allah سبحانه وتعالى from the evil of the wicked among the Arabs and non-Arabs. I believe in Allah سبحانه وتعالى. I have placed my trust in Allah سبحانه وتعالى. I turn my back to Allah سبحانه وتعالى. I have entrusted my affair to Allah سبحانه وتعالى. And whoever relies upon Allah سبحانه وتعالى, then He سبحانه وتعالى is sufficient for him. Indeed, Allah سبحانه وتعالى will accomplish His سبحانه وتعالى purpose. Allah سبحانه وتعالى has set a measure for everything. Allah سبحانه وتعالى is sufficient for me, and He سبحانه وتعالى is the best disposer of affairs. O Allah سبحانه وتعالى, whoever begins his morning in need of the creation, then indeed my need and my longing is toward You سبحانه وتعالى. Praise be to the Lord سبحانه وتعالى of the morning! Praise be to the cleaver of the dawn!" (Repeat this three times).
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 146
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 194
ويجوز بدلا من الاضطجاع السجدة والمشي والكلام الا أن الاضطجاع افضل
And it is permissible, instead of lying down, to prostrate, or to walk, or to speak, but lying down is better.
رَوَى مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ عَنِ اِبْنِ أَسْبَاطٍ عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ أَبِي اَلْبِلاَدِ قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ اَلرِّضَا عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ فِي اَلْمَسْجِدِ اَلْحَرَامِ صَلاَةَ اَللَّيْلِ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ جَعَلَ مَكَانَ اَلضَّجْعَةِ سَجْدَةً
Muhammad ibn Ya‘qub narrated from Ali ibn Muhammad from Sahl ibn Ziyad from Ibn Asbat from Ibrahim ibn Abi al-Bilad, who said:
I performed the night prayer behind (Imam) al-Ridha عليه السلام, peace be upon him, in the Sacred Mosque (al-Masjid al-Haram). When He عليه السلام finished, He عليه السلام placed a prostration (sajdah) in place of lying down (al-daj‘ah).
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 146
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
سَعْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ اَلْحَسَنِ عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بْنِ نُوحٍ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ عَنْ رَجُلٍ عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« يُجْزِيكَ مِنَ اَلاِضْطِجَاعِ بَعْدَ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ اَلْقِيَامُ وَ اَلْقُعُودُ وَ اَلْكَلاَمُ بَعْدَ رَكْعَتَيِ اَلْفَجْرِ»
Sa’d ibn Abdullah from Muhammad ibn al-Hasan from Ayyub ibn Nuh from al-Husayn ibn Uthman by a man:
Abu Abdillah عليه السلام said: "Standing, sitting, and speaking after the two rak’ahs of Fajr suffice you in place of lying down."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 147
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ وَ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ اِبْنَيْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عِيسَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ اَلْحَكَمِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اَللَّهِ بْنِ بُكَيْرٍ عَنْ زُرَارَةَ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ:« إِنَّمَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ إِذَا اِنْتَصَفَ اَللَّيْلُ أَنْ يَقُومَ فَيُصَلِّيَ صَلاَتَهُ جُمْلَةً وَاحِدَةً ثَلاَثَ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً ثُمَّ إِنْ شَاءَ جَلَسَ فَدَعَا وَ إِنْ شَاءَ نَامَ وَ إِنْ شَاءَ ذَهَبَ حَيْثُ شَاءَ»
And from him, from Ahmad and Abdullah, the two sons of Muhammad ibn ‘Isa, from Ali ibn al-Hakam, from Abdullah ibn Bukayr, from Zurarah:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام said: "It is only required of one of you, when midnight arrives, to rise and perform his prayer all at once, thirteen rak‘ahs. Then, if he wishes, he may sit and supplicate; if he wishes, he may sleep; if he wishes, he may go wherever he wishes."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 147
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
ويستحب أن لا ينام الانسان بعد هاتين الركعتين ويشتغل بالدعاء والتسبيح فان النوم في هذا الوقت مكروه
And it is recommended that a person does not sleep after these two rak‘ahs, and instead engages in supplication and glorification, for sleeping at this time is disliked.
رَوَى مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ اَلْقَاسَانِيِّ عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ حَفْصٍ اَلْمَرْوَزِيِّ قَالَ قَالَ أَبُو اَلْحَسَنِ اَلْأَخِيرُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« إِيَّاكَ وَ اَلنَّوْمَ بَيْنَ صَلاَةِ اَللَّيْلِ وَ اَلْفَجْرِ وَ لَكِنْ ضَجْعَةً بِلاَ نَوْمٍ فَإِنَّ صَاحِبَهُ لاَ يُحْمَدُ عَلَى مَا قَدَّمَ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya narrated from Ali ibn Muhammad al-Qasani from Sulayman ibn Hafs al-Marwazi, who said:
Abu al-Hasan al-Akhir (the Last), peace be upon him, said: "Beware of sleeping between the night prayer and the Fajr prayer. Rather, lie down without sleeping, for the one who sleeps at that time is not praised for what he has performed of his prayer."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 147
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
قال الشيخ رحمه الله فإذا طلع الفجر واستبان فليؤذن الى قوله ثم ليرفع رأسه فيذكر الله الى طلوع الشمس كل ذلك قد مضى شرحه في جملة ما تقدم ثم قال رحمه الله ثم ليرفع رأسه فيذكر الله كثيرا الى طلوع الشمس الى آخر الباب
The Shaykh, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, said: ‘Then when the Fajr appears clearly and becomes distinct, let him call the Adhan’ until his statement: ‘Then let him raise his head and remember Allah سبحانه وتعالى until the rising of the sun.’ All of that has already been explained in what has preceded. Then he (Shaykh), may Allah سبحانه وتعالى have mercy on him, said: ‘Then let him raise his head and remember Allah سبحانه وتعالى much until the rising of the sun,’ until the end of the chapter.
مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يَحْيَى عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ اَلنَّحْوِيِّ عَنْ أَبِي اَلْجَوْزَاءِ عَنِ اَلْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ عُلْوَانَ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ خَلاَّدٍ عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ أَبِي اَلنَّجُودِ اَلْأَسَدِيِّ عَنِ اِبْنِ عُمَرَ عَنِ اَلْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبِي عَلِيَّ بْنَ أَبِي طَالِبٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ يَقُولُ قَالَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ:« أَيُّمَا اِمْرِئٍ مُسْلِمٍ جَلَسَ فِي مُصَلاَّهُ اَلَّذِي صَلَّى فِيهِ اَلْفَجْرَ يَذْكُرُ اَللَّهَ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ اَلشَّمْسُ كَانَ لَهُ مِنَ اَلْأَجْرِ كَحَاجِّ رَسُولِ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ وَ غُفِرَ لَهُ فَإِنْ جَلَسَ فِيهِ حَتَّى تَكُونَ سَاعَةٌ تَحِلُّ فِيهَا اَلصَّلاَةُ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ أَوْ أَرْبَعاً غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا سَلَفَ وَ كَانَ لَهُ مِنَ اَلْأَجْرِ كَحَاجِّ بَيْتِ اَللَّهِ»
Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Yahya from Abu Ja‘far al-Nahwi from Abu al-Jawza’ from al-Husayn ibn ‘Ulwan from ‘Amr ibn Khallad from ‘Asim ibn Abi al-Najud al-Asadi from Ibn ‘Umar:
(Imam) al-Hasan ibn Ali عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “I heard my father (Imam) Ali ibn Abi Talib, peace be upon him, say that the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, said: "Any Muslim who sits in his prayer place, in which he performed the Fajr prayer, remembering Allah سبحانه وتعالى until the sun rises, will have the reward of one who has performed Hajj with the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, and he will be forgiven. And if he remains sitting there until the time comes in which prayer is permitted, and he then performs two rak‘ahs or four, he will be forgiven for what has passed, and he will have the reward of one who has performed Hajj to the House of Allah سبحانه وتعالى."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 147
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ اَلنَّضْرِ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شِمْرٍ عَنْ جَابِرٍ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَلَّى اَللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَ آلِهِ:« قَالَ اَللَّهُ« يَا اِبْنَ آدَمَ اُذْكُرْنِي بَعْدَ اَلْفَجْرِ سَاعَةً وَ اُذْكُرْنِي بَعْدَ اَلْعَصْرِ سَاعَةً أَكْفِكَ مَا أَهَمَّكَ»»
And from him, from Abu Ja‘far from his father from Ahmad ibn al-Nadr from ‘Amr ibn Shimr from Jabir:
Abu Ja‘far عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: “The Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, said: ‘Allah سبحانه وتعالى said; "O son of Adam, remember Me عز وجل for one hour after Fajr, and remember Me عز وجل for one hour after ‘Asr, I will suffice you concerning that which troubles you."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 148
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ عَنْهُ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ حُكَيْمٍ عَنْ مُعَمَّرِ بْنِ خَلاَّدٍ عَنِ اَلرِّضَا عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ:« يَنْبَغِي لِلرَّجُلِ إِذَا أَصْبَحَ أَنْ يَقْرَأَ بَعْدَ اَلتَّعْقِيبِ خَمْسِينَ آيَةً»
And from him, from Mu’awiyah ibn Hakim from Mu’ammar ibn Khallad from al-Ridha عليه السلام, peace be upon him, who said:
I heard Him عليه السلام say: "It is proper for a man, when he begins his morning, to recite fifty verses after the ‘ta’qib’ (post-prayer supplication and remembrance)."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 148
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb, p. 195
وَ رَوَى اَلْعَلاَءُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ عَنْ أَحَدِهِمَا عَلَيْهِمَا اَلسَّلاَمُ قَالَ: سَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ اَلنَّوْمِ بَعْدَ اَلْغَدَاةِ فَقَالَ« إِنَّ اَلرِّزْقَ يُبْسَطُ تِلْكَ اَلسَّاعَةَ فَأَنَا أَكْرَهُ أَنْ يَنَامَ اَلرَّجُلُ تِلْكَ اَلسَّاعَةَ»
And al-’Ala’ narrated from Muhammad ibn Muslim from one of the two (Imams عليه السلام), peace be upon them both, who said:
I asked Him عليه السلام about sleeping after the dawn (al-ghadah) prayer. Imam عليه السلام said: "Indeed, sustenance is distributed during that hour, so I dislike for a man to sleep at that time."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 148
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَقَالَ اَلصَّادِقُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« اَلْجُلُوسُ بَعْدَ صَلاَةِ اَلْغَدَاةِ فِي اَلتَّعْقِيبِ وَاَلدُّعَاءِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ اَلشَّمْسُ أَبْلَغُ فِي طَلَبِ اَلرِّزْقِ مِنَ اَلضَّرْبِ فِي اَلْأَرْضِ»
(Imam) al-Sadiq عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: "Sitting after the dawn prayer in ‘ta’qib’ and supplication until the sun rises is more effective in seeking sustenance than striking the earth (engaging in work and travel)."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 148
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ قَالَ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ:« نَوْمَةُ اَلْغَدَاةِ مَشُومَةٌ تَطْرُدُ اَلرِّزْقَ وَ تُصَفِّرُ اَللَّوْنَ وَ تُقَبِّحُهُ وَ تُغَيِّرُهُ وَ هُوَ نَوْمُ كُلِّ مَشُومٍ إِنَّ اَللَّهَ تَعَالَى يَقْسِمُ اَلْأَرْزَاقَ مَا بَيْنَ طُلُوعِ اَلْفَجْرِ إِلَى طُلُوعِ اَلشَّمْسِ وَ إِيَّاكُمْ وَ تِلْكَ اَلنَّوْمَةَ وَ كَانَ اَلْمَنُّ وَ اَلسَّلْوَى يَنْزِلُ عَلَى بَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ مَا بَيْنَ طُلُوعِ اَلْفَجْرِ إِلَى طُلُوعِ اَلشَّمْسِ فَمَنْ نَامَ تِلْكَ اَلسَّاعَةَ لَمْ يَنْزِلْ نَصِيبُهُ وَ كَانَ إِذَا اِنْتَبَهَ فَلاَ يَرَى نَصِيبَهُ اِحْتَاجَ إِلَى اَلسُّؤَالِ وَ اَلطَّلَبِ»
And (Imam) al-Sadiq عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said: "The sleep of the early morning is ominous, it drives away sustenance, makes the complexion pale, uglifies and alters it. It is the sleep of every unfortunate one. Indeed, Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Exalted, distributes sustenance between the rising of the dawn and the rising of the sun. So beware of that sleep. The manna and quails used to descend upon the Children of Israel between the rising of the dawn and the rising of the sun. So whoever slept during that hour, his portion would not descend, and when he awoke, he would not find his portion, and would be in need of begging and seeking."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 148
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ قَالَ اَلصَّادِقُ عَلَيْهِ اَلسَّلاَمُ: فِي قَوْلِ اَللَّهِ عَزَّ وَ جَلَّ« فَالْمُقَسِّمٰاتِ أَمْراً» قَالَ« اَلْمَلاَئِكَةُ تُقَسِّمُ أَرْزَاقَ بَنِي آدَمَ مَا بَيْنَ طُلُوعِ اَلْفَجْرِ إِلَى طُلُوعِ اَلشَّمْسِ فَمَنْ نَامَ فِيمَا بَيْنَهُمَا نَامَ عَنْ رِزْقِهِ»
And (Imam) al-Sadiq عليه السلام, peace be upon him, said regarding the saying of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, the Majestic: ‘"By those who distribute [affairs] by command"‘: (Surah Dhariyat 51:4). (Imam عليه السلام said) "The angels distribute the sustenance of the children of Adam between the rising of the dawn and the rising of the sun. So whoever sleeps during that time has slept away his sustenance."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 148
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
وَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اَللَّهِ صَ:« مَنْ جَلَسَ فِي مُصَلاَّهُ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اَلْفَجْرِ إِلَى طُلُوعِ اَلشَّمْسِ سَتَرَهُ اَللَّهُ مِنَ اَلنَّارِ»
And the Messenger of Allah سبحانه وتعالى, may Allah سبحانه وتعالى bless him and his family, said: "Whoever sits in his prayer place from the Fajr prayer until the rising of the sun, Allah سبحانه وتعالى will shield him from the Fire."
- Tahdhīb al-Aḥkām fī Sharḥ al-Muqniʿah, vol. 2, p. 148
- Ṣaḥīḥ al-Tahdhīb
Commentary #1